path: root/source/zh-CN/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po

#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-02 00:14+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-04-26 23:06+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Dian LI <xslidian@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
"X-Generator: Pootle 2.8\n"
"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1556320007.000000\n"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr "定位对象"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>对象; 锁定选项</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定位; 对象 (辅助线) </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>锁定; 选项</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>框架; 锁定选项</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图片; 锁定选项</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>居中; HTML 页上的图像</bookmark_value>"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"定位对象\">定位对象</link></variable>"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3147251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
msgstr "可以使用锁定在文档中定位对象、图形或框架。当修改文档时，锁定项会相应地移动，或者固定在原有位置。下面列出了可以使用的锁定选项:"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145599\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchoring"
msgstr "锁定"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145622\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Effect"
msgstr "效果"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145650\n"
"help.text"
msgid "As character"
msgstr "当作字符"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151181\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
msgstr "将选中的项当作字符锁定在当前文字中。如果选中项的高度大于当前字体的大小，则会增加该项所在行的高度。"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_idN10674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
msgstr "要使图像在 HTML 页面上居中，请插入图像，将其锁定为\"作为字符\"，然后使段落居中。"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To character"
msgstr "在字符上"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
msgstr "将选中的项锁定到字符。"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155071\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr "在段落上"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155094\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
msgstr "将选中的项锁定到当前段落。"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155122\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To page"
msgstr "在页面上"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155144\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
msgstr "将选中的项锁定到当前页。"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To frame"
msgstr "在框内"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
msgstr "将选中的项锁定到周围的框架。"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145715\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> submenu."
msgstr "在插入对象、图形或框架时，锁定图标显示在项目的锁定位置。您可以通过将锁定的项拖到其他位置来定位该项。要修改项的锁定选项，请在该项上点击鼠标右键，然后从<item type=\"menuitem\">锁定</item>子菜单中选择选项。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr "使用「导航」重新排列文档"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>标题; 重新排列</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>重新排列标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>移动; 标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>降低标题级别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>提高标题级别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>导航; 标题级别和章节</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>排列; 标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>大纲; 排列章节</bookmark_value>"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"使用「导航」排列文档\">在「导航」中排列章节</link></variable>"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3147795\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list."
msgstr "您可以使用「导航」在文档中上下移动标题和下级文字，也可以升级或降级标题级别。要使用此项功能，请先使用预设的标题段落样式格式化文档中的标题。要对标题使用自定义段落样式，请选择「<emph>工具 - 章节符号</emph>」。在「<emph>段落样式</emph>」框中选择样式，然后双击「<emph>级别</emph>」列表中的数字。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3145652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "要将文字光标快速移到文档中的某个标题处，请直接在「<emph>导航</emph>」列表中双击这个标题。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155461\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame while holding the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key."
msgstr "要停靠<emph>导航</emph>，请拖动其标题栏，放到工作空间的边界处。要取消停靠 <emph>导航</emph>，请按住「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>」键并双击其框架。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
msgstr "在文档中上下移动标题"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id0915200809400790\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
msgstr "确保所有标题级别都显示在了「导航」中。默认显示所有级别。请参考下面如何更改显示的标题级别的步骤。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>标准工具栏</emph>」中，点击「<emph>导航</emph>」图标  <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">图标</alt></image>打开「<emph>导航</emph>」。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/res/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "在「<emph>导航</emph>」中，点击「<emph>内容视图</emph>」图标 <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/res/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">图标</alt></image>。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155089\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "将标题拖到「<emph>导航</emph>」列表中的新位置。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155139\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> <image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/res/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/res/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>导航</emph>」列表中的一个标题，然后点击「<emph>章节升级</emph>」<image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/res/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">图标</alt></image> 或「<emph>章节降级</emph>」图标 <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/res/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">图标</alt></image>。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3145758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons."
msgstr "要移动页眉但不操作其下属文本，请按住「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>」并拖放<emph>章节升级</emph> 或「<emph>章节降级</emph>」图标。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
msgstr "提高或降低标题的级别"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155424\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "选择「<emph>导航</emph>」列表中的标题。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_idN1081C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/res/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/res/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>升级</emph>」<image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/res/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">图标</alt></image> 或「<emph>降级</emph>」图标 <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/res/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">图标</alt></image>。"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
msgstr "修改显示的标题级数"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151352\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/res/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list."
msgstr "点击「<emph>显示的标题级别</emph>」图标 <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/res/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">图标</alt></image>，然后从列表中选择一个编号。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr "输入时创建编号/项目符号列表"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>编号; 列表，输入时</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>项目符号列表; 输入时创建</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>列表; 自动编号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编号; 列表</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>自动项目符号/编号; 自动更正功能</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>项目符号; 自动使用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落; 自动编号</bookmark_value>"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">输入时创建编号或项目符号列表</link></variable>"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
msgstr "当您输入文字时，$[officename] 可以自动应用编号或项目符号。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
msgstr "要启用自动编号和自动项目符号"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3152830\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自动更正 - 自动更正选项</item>」，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">选项</item>」选项卡，然后选择「应用编号 – 符号」。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3152867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 自动更正</emph>」，请确保选中了「<emph>在输入时</emph>」。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id2357860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
msgstr "自动编号选项仅适用于采用「默认」「正文」或「正文缩进」段落样式进行格式化的段落。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
msgstr "要在输入时创建编号列表或项目符号列表"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147773\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
msgstr "输入 1.、i. 或 I. 以开始建立编号列表。输入 * 或 - 以开始建立项目符号列表。也可以在数字之后输入右圆括号来代替句点，例如，1) 或 i)。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
msgstr "输入一个空格，输入文字，然后按 Enter 键。新的段落会自动应用下一个编号或项目符号。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147814\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
msgstr "再次按 Enter 键完成列表。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147287\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
msgstr "可以使用任何编号来开始编号列表。"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3154083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"格式 - 编号/项目符号\">格式 - 项目符号与编号</link>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect"
msgstr "关闭自动更正"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>关闭自动更正</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本; 关闭自动更正</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>大写字母; 修改为小写</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>大写字母; 在句号后修改为小写字母</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>引号; 自动修改</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字词; 打开/关闭自动替换</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>线条; 打开/关闭自动绘图</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>加下划线; 快速</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>边框; 打开/关闭自动绘图</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>打开/关闭自动修改</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>修改; 自动</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>自动更正功能; 关闭</bookmark_value>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">关闭自动更正</link></variable>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3147833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type."
msgstr "默认情况下，$[officename] 会在您输入时自动更正常见的输入错误，并应用相应的格式。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_idN1081B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."
msgstr "要快速撤消自动更正或自动补充完整，请按<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z 组合键。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_idN10846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
msgstr "要关闭大部分的「自动更正」功能，请删除菜单「<emph>工具 - 自动更正 - 在输入时</emph>」的选中标记。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "删除自动更正列表中的字词"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3147274\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自动更正 - 自动更正选项</item>」。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145596\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>替换</emph>」选项卡。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
msgstr "在「<emph>自动更正</emph>」列表中，选择要删除的一对字。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>删除</emph>」。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
msgstr "停止替换引号"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151196\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自动更正 - 自动更正选项</item>」。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab"
msgstr "点击「<emph>本地化选项</emph>」选项卡"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
msgstr "清除所有的「替换」复选框。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155076\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
msgstr "停止自动大写句首字母"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 – 自动更正选项</item>」。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>选项</emph>」选项卡。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155148\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
msgstr "清除「设置每个句子首字母为大写」复选框。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155401\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
msgstr "停止在输入三个相同字符时绘制线条"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
msgstr "输入以下字符中的三个并按 Enter 键后，$[officename] 会自动绘制一条线: - _ = * ~ #"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155439\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自动更正 - 自动更正选项</item>」。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155463\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>选项</emph>」选项卡。"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155488\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
msgstr "清除「应用边框」复选框。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr "自动检查拼写"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>拼写检查; 打开/关闭自动拼写检查</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>自动拼写检查</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>检查拼写; 输入时</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字词; 禁用拼写检查</bookmark_value>"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"自动检查拼写\">自动检查拼写</link></variable>"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3154664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
msgstr "$[officename] 可以在您输入时自动检查拼写，并用红色波浪线在可能拼错的字词下面加上下划线。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
msgstr "在输入时自动检查拼写"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3155531\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 自动拼写检查</emph>」。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3155569\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu."
msgstr "在标有红色波浪形下划线的字上点击鼠标右键，可以在弹出的右键菜单或<emph>自动更正</emph>子菜单中选择建议的替换字词。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab."
msgstr "如果您从「<item type=\"menuitem\">自动更正</item>子菜单中选择了一个单词，则带下划线的单词和替换单词会自动添加到当前语言的自动更正列表中。要查看自动更正列表，请选择<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 – 自动更正 – 自动更正选项</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">替换</item>」选项卡。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr "您也可以通过从右键菜单中选择「<emph>添加</emph>」，将标有下划线的字加入到用户词典中。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
msgstr "单词排除在拼写检查之外"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
msgstr "选择要排除的字。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
msgstr "点击状态栏上的「语言」控件打开菜单。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3145602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose \"None (Do not check spelling)\"."
msgstr "选择「无 (不检查拼写)」。"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3145648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"创建新词典\">创建新词典</link>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "将例外情况添加到自动更正列表中"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"bm_id3152887\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>自动更正功能; 添加例外</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>例外; 自动更正功能</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>缩写</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>大写字母; 避免在特定缩写之后</bookmark_value>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152887\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"将例外情况加入自动更正列表\">将例外情况加入自动更正列表</link></variable>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3154254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters."
msgstr "您可以防止「自动更正」校正那些同时包含大写和小写字母的特定缩写和文字。"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3155576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自动更正 - 自动更正选项</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">例外</item>」选项卡。"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147762\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147786\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>缩写字母后不带大写字母</emph>」框中输入以句点结尾的缩写，然后点击「<emph>新建</emph>」。"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>以两个连续大写字母开头的词</emph>」框中输入文字，然后点击「<emph>新建</emph>」。"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3144875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
msgstr "按<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z 键可以快速撤消自动更正的替换操作，同时将刚才输入的文字或缩写加入到自动更正的例外列表中。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr "使用自动图文集"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155521\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>自动图文集</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>网络和自动图文集目录</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>列表; 自动图文集快捷方式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>打印; 自动图文集快捷方式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 文本块</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本块</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本块</bookmark_value>"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155521\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"使用自动图文集\">使用自动图文集</link></variable>"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
msgstr "在 $[officename] Writer 中，可以将文本 (也包含图形、表格和字段) 保存为「自动图文集」，这样以后就可以快速地插入文本了。如果需要，也可以保存带格式的文字。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155539\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create an AutoText Entry"
msgstr "创建自动图文集条目"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155560\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
msgstr "选择要保存为自动图文集条目的文字、带图形的文字、表格和字段。仅当图形作为字符锁定，并在其前后至少有一个文字字符时，它才能被保存。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155581\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoText</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">文件 - 导出</item>」。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147761\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
msgstr "选择要用于保存该自动图文集的类别。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
msgstr "输入四个字符以上的名称。这样就可以使用<emph>输入时显示名称提示作为建议</emph>自动图文集选项。如果需要，可以修改推荐的快捷方式。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147807\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>自动图文集</emph>」按钮，然后选择「<emph>新建</emph>」。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_idN10732\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
msgstr "点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」按钮。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
msgstr "插入自动图文集"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145597\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
msgstr "在文档中要插入自动图文集条目的位置点击。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>."
msgstr "选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"编辑 - 自动图文集\"><emph>编辑 - 自动图文集</emph></link>。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr "选择要插入的自动图文集，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry."
msgstr "也可以输入「自动图文集」条目的快捷方式，然后按 F3 键；或者点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」栏上「<item type=\"menuitem\">自动图文集</item>」图标旁边的箭头，然后选择「自动图文集」条目。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155090\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3."
msgstr "要快速输入 %PRODUCTNAME 数学公式，首先输入「<item type=\"literal\">fn</item>」，然后按 F3 键。如果您插入多个公式，这些公式会按插入顺序进行编号。要插入示范文字，请输入「<item type=\"literal\">dt</item>」，然后按 F3 键。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
msgstr "打印自动图文集条目列表"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 宏 - 管理宏 - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>」。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155160\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText."
msgstr "在<emph>宏的来源</emph>树形控件中，选择「%PRODUCTNAME Macros - 窍门 - 自动图文集」。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151277\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Main\" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
msgstr "在「<emph>现有宏: 自动图文集</emph>」列表选择「Main」，然后点击「<emph>运行</emph>」。将在单独的文本文档中生成当前自动图文集条目的列表。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151304\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件 - 打印</emph>」。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151327\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
msgstr "在网络安装中使用自动图文集"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151355\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
msgstr "您可以将自动图文集条目保存在网络上不同的目录中。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
msgstr "例如，您可以将公司的「只读」自动图文集条目保存在中央服务器上，而将自定义自动图文集条目保存在本地目录中。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
msgstr "自动图文集目录的路径可以在配置中进行编辑。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
msgstr "将列出两个目录。第一个条目位于服务器上，而第二个条目位于用户目录中。如果在两个目录中有两个具有相同名称的自动图文集条目，则会应用用户目录中的条目。"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154995\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Tools - AutoText</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"编辑 - 自动图文集\">编辑 - 自动图文集</link>"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155012\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"字词补充完整\">字词补充完整</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
msgstr "定义背景颜色或背景图形"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>背景; 文本对象</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字词; 背景</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落; 背景</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本; 背景</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 背景</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>单元格; 背景</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>背景;选择</bookmark_value>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">定义背景颜色或背景图形</link></variable>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id7355265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
msgstr "在 $[officename] Writer 中您可以为各种对象定义背景颜色或使用图形作为背景。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
msgstr "为文本字符应用一种背景"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3150669\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the characters."
msgstr "选择字符。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3155390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 字符</emph>」。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3153665\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
msgstr "点击「<emph>背景</emph>」选项卡，选择背景颜色。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
msgstr "为段落应用一种背景"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3145119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
msgstr "将光标定位在段落上或选中几个段落。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3158430\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 段落</emph>」。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3151245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr "在「<emph>背景</emph>」选项卡页面上，选择背景颜色或背景图形。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id0104201010554939\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
msgstr "要选择背景中的对象，请在按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> 键时点击对象。或者，使用「导航」选择对象。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
msgstr "为表格的全部或部分应用一种背景"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3154346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
msgstr "将光标定位在文本文档中的表格上。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3148664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Properties</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>表格 - 属性</emph>」。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3154938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr "在「<emph>背景</emph>」选项卡页面上，选择背景颜色或背景图形。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3156280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
msgstr "在「<emph>用于</emph>」框内，选择是将该颜色或图形应用到当前单元格、当前行还是整个表格。如果在打开对话框之前您选择了一些单元格或行，那么这些更改就会应用到所选择的区域中。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
msgstr "还可以使用图标将背景应用于表格的各个部分。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3150767\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "要为单元格应用一种背景颜色，请选中单元格然后点击「<emph>背景颜色</emph>」工具栏上的颜色。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3147084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar."
msgstr "要为单元格内的文本段落应用一种背景颜色，请先将光标置于文本段落内，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">背景颜色</item>」工具栏上的颜色。"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_idN10A56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlight Color icon</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">高亮图标</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3156180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">背景选项卡页面</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id4922025\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">水印</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id478530\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">页面背景作为页面样式</link>"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Characters"
msgstr "定义字符边框"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters;defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;character borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页面; 定义边框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>边框; 为页面</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>框架; 在页面周围</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定义; 页面边框</bookmark_value>"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3116136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">为字符定义边框</link> </variable>"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3148413\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document."
msgstr "如果相邻两个文字区域的所有边框属性都相同 (相同的样式、宽度、颜色、填充以及阴影)，则这两个区域将被视为属于同一个边框分组，在文档中以相同的边框渲染。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3110503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "设置预定义边框样式"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118661\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
msgstr "选择您想要应用边框的字符区域。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 字符 - 边框</emph>」。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3110171\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr "在「<emph>默认</emph>」区域中选择一种默认边框样式。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3151046\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "在「<emph>线条</emph>」区域中为选中的边框样式选择线条样式、宽度及颜色。这些设置适用于所选中的边框样式所包括的全部边框线条。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3152172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "在「<emph>填充</emph>」区域选择边框线条与选中字符之间的间距。您只能修改已定义边框线条的边缘与选中字符之间的间距。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111023\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」以应用更改。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3142068\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "要设置自定义边框样式"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118613\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
msgstr "选择您想要应用边框的字符区域。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111663\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 字符 - 边框</emph>」。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3110541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "在「<emph>用户定义</emph>」区域中，选择要在通用版式中显示的边缘。点击预览中显示的边缘以切换边缘。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3119149\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "在「<emph>线条</emph>」区域中为选中的边框样式选择线条样式、宽度及颜色。这些设置适用于所选中的边框样式所包括的全部边框线条。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3116282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "要设置其他的边框边缘，请重复上述两个步骤。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "在「<emph>填充</emph>」区域选择边框线条与选中字符之间的间距。您只能修改已定义边框线条的边缘与选中字符之间的间距。"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3141606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」以应用更改。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects"
msgstr "定义对象边框"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"bm_id3146957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>对象; 定义边框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>边框; 用于对象</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>框架; 在对象周围</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图表; 边框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图片; 边框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE 对象; 边框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定义; 对象边框</bookmark_value>"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">定义对象边框</link></variable>"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3146797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
msgstr "在 Writer 中，可以为 OLE 对象、插件、图解/图表、图形和框架定义边框。使用的菜单名称取决于所选中的对象。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145673\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "设置预定义边框样式"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
msgstr "选择需要定义边框的对象。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3149578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window."
msgstr "点击「<emph>OLE 对象</emph>」工具栏或「<emph>框架</emph>」工具栏上的「<emph>边框</emph>」图标可打开「<emph>边框</emph>」窗口。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3159176\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
msgstr "点击预设边框样式之一。对象的当前边框样式将被选中的边框样式替代。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152474\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "设置自定义边框样式"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3153896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
msgstr "选择要修改的表格单元格。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3156344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - (对象名称) – 边框</item>」。<br/>将 (将对象名称) 替换为所选对象类型的实际名称。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3148797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "在「<emph>用户定义</emph>」区域中，选择要在通用版式中显示的边缘。点击预览中显示的边缘以切换边缘。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3152933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "在「<emph>线条</emph>」区域中，为选中的边框样式选择线条样式和颜色。这些设置将应用于选中边框样式所包括的全部边框线条。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3125865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "要设置其他的边框边缘，请重复上述两个步骤。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3150447\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area."
msgstr "在「<emph>填充</emph>」区域选择边框线条与页面内容之间的间距。"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3154908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」以应用应用。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
msgstr "定义页面边框"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页面; 定义边框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>边框; 为页面</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>框架; 在页面周围</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定义; 页面边框</bookmark_value>"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">为页面定义边框</link> </variable>"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
msgstr "在 Writer 中，您可以为「<emph>页面样式</emph>」定义边框，而不是为各个页面定义边框。对边框进行的所有修改将应用于使用相同页面样式的所有页面。请注意，$[officename] 中的「撤消」功能无法撤消页面样式的修改。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "设置预定义边框样式"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 页面 - 边框</emph>」。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3150771\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr "在「<emph>默认</emph>」区域中选择一种默认的边框样式。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3154046\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "在「<emph>线条</emph>」区域为选中的边框样式选择线条样式、宽度及颜色。这些设置适用于选中的边框样式所包括的全部边框线条。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3152472\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "在「<emph>填充</emph>」区域选择边框线条与页面内容之间的间距。您只能修改已定义边框线条的边缘与页面内容之间的间距。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3156023\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」以应用应用。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145068\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "设置自定义边框样式"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148663\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 页面 - 边框</emph>」。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3150541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "在「<emph>用户定义</emph>」区域中，选择要在通用版式中显示的边缘。点击预览中显示的边缘以切换边缘。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3159149\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "在「<emph>线条</emph>」区域为选中的边框样式选择线条样式、宽度及颜色。这些设置适用于选中的边框样式所包括的全部边框线条。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3156282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "要设置其他的边框边缘，请重复上述两个步骤。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3151041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "在「<emph>填充</emph>」区域选择边框线条与页面内容之间的间距。您只能修改已定义边框线条的边缘与页面内容之间的间距。"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3145606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」以应用应用。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents"
msgstr "文本文档中的自定义边框"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"bm_id6737876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>边框; 文本表格的</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>单元格; 文本表格中的边框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定义; Writer 中的表格边框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>框架; 文本表格周围</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 定义边框</bookmark_value>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id3614917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">文本文档中的自定义边框</link></variable>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1069368\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
msgstr "您可以将各种不同的单元格边框应用于 Writer 表格中的选中单元格以及整个表格。文本文档中的其他对象也可以具有自定义边框。例如，可以将边框指定给页面样式、框架，以及插入的图片或图表。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6527298\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
msgstr "选择 Writer 表格中的单元格或单元格块。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6129947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">表格 - 属性</item>」。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id8141117\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
msgstr "在对话框中，点击「<emph>边框</emph>」选项卡。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6016418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
msgstr "选择要应用的边框选项，然后点击「确定」。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5282448\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
msgstr "「<emph>线条排列</emph>」区域中的选项可用于应用多种边框样式。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id3547166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selection of cells"
msgstr "选择单元格"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1108432\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
msgstr "选择的单元格不同，该区域的外观也会不同。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2422559\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "选择"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1053498\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line arrangement area"
msgstr "线条排列区域"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1076998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
msgstr "在包含多个单元格的表格中选中了一个单元格，或光标位于没有选中任何单元格的表格内"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4240241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">一个单元格边框</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id162053\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
msgstr "已选中只有一个单元格的表格"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5021820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">一个选中单元格的边框</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id3549607\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
msgstr "已选中的列中的单元格"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2544328\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">选中列的边框</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1636402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
msgstr "已选中的行中的单元格"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7450483\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">选中行的边框</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5741752\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
msgstr "已选中整个表格的 2x2 或更多单元格"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id570085\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">选中块的边框</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5044099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "默认设置"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id626544\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
msgstr "点击任一<emph>默认</emph>图标，以设置或重设多个边框。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id292062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
msgstr "图标内的灰色细线表示将被重设或清除的边框。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1361735\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
msgstr "图标内的黑色线条表示将使用选中的线型和颜色进行设置的线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id82399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
msgstr "图标内的灰色粗线表示不会被修改的线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id7144993\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "示例"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5528427\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "选择一个大约由 8x8 个单元格组成的块，然后选择「<emph>格式 – 单元格 – 边框</emph>」。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4194158\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">边框的默认图标</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7253028\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
msgstr "点击左侧的图标可以清除所有线条。此操作将删除所有外边框和所有内部线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9441206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
msgstr "点击左侧第二个图标可以设置外边框及删除所有其他线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7276833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
msgstr "点击最右侧的图标可以设置外边框。内部线条不会被修改。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5273293\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
msgstr "现在，您可以继续尝试其他图标将会设置或删除哪些线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5110019\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User defined settings"
msgstr "自定义设置"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1820734\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states."
msgstr "在「<emph>自定义</emph>」区域中，您可以通过点击来设置或删除单个线条。此预览显示了三种不同状态的线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7093111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
msgstr "重复点击边或角可以在三种不同的状态之间进行切换。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id3673818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line types"
msgstr "线条类型"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2593768\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Image"
msgstr "图像"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2055421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "含义"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9836115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A black line"
msgstr "黑色线条"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6485793\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">用于边框的实线</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1454512\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
msgstr "以黑色线条设置选中单元格的相应线条。。如果选择 0.05 pt 线条样式，此线条将显示为虚线。如果选择双线样式，将显示双线。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4618671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A gray line"
msgstr "灰色线条"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1239356\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">用于边框的灰色线条</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9474166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
msgstr "如果选中单元格的相应线条不会被修改，将显示灰色线条。在此位置不会设置或删除任何线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1545457\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A white line"
msgstr "白色线条"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1681875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">用于边框的白色线条</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2316660\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
msgstr "如果选中单元格的相应线条将被删除，将显示白色线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5908688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "示例"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5118564\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "选择 Writer 表格中的一个单元格，然后选择「<emph>表格 – 属性 – 边框</emph>」。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id244758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a thick line style."
msgstr "选择一种粗线样式。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7741325\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
msgstr "要设置下边框，请重复点击下边缘，直到显示一条粗线。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id542313\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">设置粗下边框</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2210760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default."
msgstr "默认情况下，Writer 表格中的所有单元格都至少具有左线和下线。默认情况下，表格边线上的大多数单元格都应用了更多的线条。"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5400860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
msgstr "预览中以白色显示的所有线条都将从单元格中删除。"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr "在文本文档中计算"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>计算; 在文本中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>公式; 在文本中计算</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>引用; 在 Writer 表格中</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"在文本文档中计算\">在文本文档中计算</link></variable>"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
msgstr "可以将计算直接插入到文本文档或文本文档的表格中。"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
msgstr "在文档中要插入计算的位置点击，然后按 F2 键。如果位于表格单元格中，则输入等号 (=)。"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155547\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter."
msgstr "输入要插入的计算，例如「<item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>」，然后按 Enter 键。"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155565\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula."
msgstr "还可以点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">公式栏</item>中的<item type=\"menuitem\">公式</item>」图标，然后为公式选择一种功能。"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id8316904\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
msgstr "要引用 Writer 文本表格中的单元格，请将该单元格地址或单元格范围用尖括号括起。例如，要从其他单元格引用单元格 A1，请在该单元格中输入 =<A1>。"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr "在文本文档中计算并粘贴公式的结果"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>粘贴; 公式结果</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>剪贴板; 在文本中计算</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>公式; 在文本文档中粘贴结果</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\"在文本文档中计算并粘贴公式的结果\">在文本文档中计算并粘贴公式的结果</link></variable>"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
msgstr "如果文字中已经含有公式，例如 \"12+24*2\"，则 $[officename] 可以在文档中计算然后粘贴公式的结果，而无需使用「<emph>公式编辑栏</emph>」。"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
msgstr "选择文字中的公式。公式只能含有数字、运算符和货币符号，不能含有空格。"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155496\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 计算</emph>」，或者按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"> <caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+加号键 (+)。"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id5172582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
msgstr "将光标置于要插入公式结果的位置，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑 - 粘贴</item>」，或者按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令 </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V。<br/>选中的公式将被结果替换。"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr "计算表格中的单元格总计"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>计算; 文本表格中的总和</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本表格中的总数</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 计算总和</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>单元格; 计算总和</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格单元格; 计算总和</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格单元格系列的总和</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"计算表格中的单元格总计\">计算一系列表格单元格的总计</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
msgstr "选择「<emph>表格 - 插入表格</emph>」，在文本文档中插入一个含有一列、多行的表格。"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154203\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
msgstr "在列的每个单元格中输入一个数字，但将列中的最后一个单元格保留为空。"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154222\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The               <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
msgstr "将光标置于列的最后一个单元格中，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">表格栏</item>中的「<item type=\"menuitem\">求和</item>」图标。<br/>此时会出现带有条目「=sum」的<item type=\"menuitem\">公式栏</item>」。"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
msgstr "在系列表格单元格的第一个单元格中点击，拖动到最后一个单元格，然后释放。<br/>$[officename] 插入一个公式，用于计算当前列中的值的和。"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3150507\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
msgstr "如果公式正确，请按 Enter 键，或者点击「公式编辑栏」中的「<emph>应用</emph>」。<br/>当前列中数值的总和将输入到该单元格中。"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3150533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
msgstr "如果您在列中的任意位置输入不同的数字，和会自动更新。"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
msgstr "同样，您也可以快速计算一行数字的和。"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr "文本文档中的复杂公式计算"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>公式; 文本中的复杂公式</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>计算; 公式/平均值</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"计算文本文档中的复杂公式\">计算文本文档中的复杂公式</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
msgstr "可以在公式中使用预设的函数，然后将计算结果插入到文本文档中。"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3152901\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
msgstr "例如，要计算三个数字的平均值，可以执行以下操作:"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
msgstr "在文档中要插入公式的位置点击，然后按 F2 键。"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3156382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">公式</item>」图标，然后从统计函数列表中选择「平均值」。"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
msgstr "输入第三个数字，用一条竖线 (|) 分开。"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149481\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
msgstr "请按击「<emph>回车</emph>」键。结果将作为字段插入文档。"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149823\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
msgstr "要编辑公式，请双击文档中的字段。"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr "将表格计算结果显示到另一表格中"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>计算; 在文本表格中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 执行计算</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"将表格计算结果显示到另一表格中\">将表格计算结果显示到另一表格中</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
msgstr "可以在一个表格的单元格内执行计算，然后在不同的表格中显示其结果。"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
msgstr "打开一个文本文档，插入具有多列和多行的表格，然后插入另一个由一个单元格构成的表格。"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150528\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
msgstr "在较大表格的某些单元格中输入数字。"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
msgstr "将光标置于具有一个单元格的表格中，然后按 F2 键。"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155551\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">公式栏</item>中，输入您要执行的函数，例如 <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>」。"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155577\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "在较大表格中含有数字的单元格内点击，按加号 (+) 键，然后在含有数字的各个单元格内点击。"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "按「<emph>Enter</emph>」键。"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3147776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
msgstr "如果需要，可以格式化表格，使其属性与正常文本一样。将表格插入框架中，将框架作为字符进行锁定。当插入或删除文本时，框架与相邻的文本保持锁定状态。"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr "跨表格计算"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>计算; 跨越多个文本表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 跨越计算</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"跨表格计算\">跨表格计算</link></variable>"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147773\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
msgstr "可以在文本文档中执行跨多个表格的计算。"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147795\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
msgstr "打开一个文本文档，插入两个表格，并在这两个表格的若干个单元格中输入数字。"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147815\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
msgstr "将光标置于其中一个表格的空白单元格中。"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F2."
msgstr "按 F2 键。"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">公式栏</item>中，输入您要执行的函数，例如 <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>」。"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "在含有数字的单元格中点击，按加号 (+)，然后在含有数字的不同单元格中点击。"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147274\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "按「<emph>Enter</emph>」键。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Captions"
msgstr "使用标题"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147691\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>插入; 标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>标题; 插入和编辑</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑; 标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>对象; 插入标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 标注</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>框架; 标注</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图表; 标记</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本框; 标记</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>绘图对象; 插入标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图例，另请参见标题</bookmark_value>"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">使用标题</link> </variable>"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153156\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
msgstr "在文本文档中，可以在图形、表格、框架和绘图对象上添加连续编号的标题。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
msgstr "您可以编辑不同类型标签的文本和编号范围。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
msgstr "向图片或对象添加标题时，对象文本和标题文本都一起放到新的框架内。向表格添加标题时，标题文本作为段落文本插入到表格内。向框架添加标题时，标题文本添加到框架的文本中，可能在现有文本之前，也可能位于当前文本之后。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_idN10713\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
msgstr "要同时移动对象及其标题，拖动包含这些项目的框架即可。要在移动文本框之后更新标签编号，请按 F9 键。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
msgstr "要定义标题，请执行如下操作:"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3155567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "选择要添加标题的项目。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3155586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 标题</emph>」。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147765\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>."
msgstr "选择所需的选项，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。如果需要，还可以在「<item type=\"menuitem\">类别</item>框中输入其他文本，例如<item type=\"literal\">图</item>」。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
msgstr "可以直接在文档中编辑标题文字。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147271\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
msgstr "标题的格式取自于标题类别名称对应的段落样式。如果插入「表格」标题，则标题文本将应用「表格」段落样式。"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3145671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr "插入对象、图形、框架和表格时，$[officename] 会自动添加标题。选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 自动插入标题</emph>」。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr "向标题添加章节编号"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>标题; 添加章节编号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>对象; 自动插入标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编号; 标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>自动编号; 对象的</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>标题中的章节编号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 标题中的章节编号</bookmark_value>"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">添加章节编号至标题</link> </variable>"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147395\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
msgstr "可以在标题中包括章节编号。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
msgstr "确保文档中的文字按章节组织，且章标题和节标题 (如果需要) 使用一种预设的标题段落样式。同时，还必须为标题段落样式指定编号选项。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3154249\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "选择要添加标题的项目。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 标题</emph>」。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3150527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> box."
msgstr "从「<item type=\"menuitem\">类别</item>」框中选择标题，然后从「<item type=\"menuitem\">编号</item>」框中选择编号样式。<br/>还可以在此对话框中输入标题文本。如果需要，请在「<item type=\"menuitem\">标题</item>」框中输入文本。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>选项</emph>」。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153190\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">级别</item>」框中，选择要包含在章节编号中的标题级别。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3155553\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">分隔符</item>」框中输入要用于分隔章节编号的字符，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3155586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>标题</emph>」对话框中，点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147226\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr "插入对象、图形或表格时，$[officename] 会自动添加标题。选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 自动插入标题</emph>」。"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">自动插入标题对话框</link>"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145574\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"章节编号\">章节编号</link>"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr "根据当前页面创建页面样式"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"bm_id3146875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页眉; 插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页脚; 插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面样式; 从选中内容中更改</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>选中内容中的新页面样式</bookmark_value>"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"根据当前页面创建页面样式\">根据当前页面创建页面样式</link></variable>"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153584\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
msgstr "您可以先设计页面版式，然后在此基础上创建页面样式。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3154245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
msgstr "例如，可以创建一个显示某种页眉的页面样式，然后创建另一个显示不同页眉的页面样式。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "打开新的文本文档，选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>页面样式</emph>」图标。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3150532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr "点击「<emph>选中的新样式</emph>」图标并从子菜单中选择「<emph>选中的新样式</emph>」。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153153\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">样式名称</item>框中输入页面的名称，然后点击<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "在列表中双击该名称，将样式应用到当前页面。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页眉</emph>」，然后从列表中选择新页面样式。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155572\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
msgstr "在页眉中输入所需的文字。将光标放置在页眉以外的主文本区域。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 手动分页</emph>」。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3147771\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>区域中，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">分页符</item>」，然后从<item type=\"menuitem\">样式</item>」框中选择「默认值」。"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3147810\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
msgstr "重复步骤 2-6，创建第二个含有不同页眉的自定义页面样式。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Chapter Numbering"
msgstr "章节编号"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>chapters;numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>大纲;编号</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>章节;编号</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>删除;标题编号</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>章节编号</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>标题;编号/段落格式</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>编号;标题</bookmark_value>"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter Numbering\">Chapter Numbering</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter Numbering\">章节编号</link></variable>"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155605\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the chapter hierarchy."
msgstr "您可以更改标题对应的层级，或者为段落样式指定层级结构。您还可以为「标题 N」段落样式的段落添加章节编号。在默认情况下，「标题 1」段落样式位于大纲层级的顶层。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155626\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
msgstr "向标题样式中添加自动编号"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 章节编号</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">编号</item>」选项卡。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">段落样式</item>」框中，选择要添加章节号的标题样式。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3150513\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">编号</item>框中，选择要使用的编号样式，然后点击<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107CE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove Automatic Chapter Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
msgstr "从标题段落中删除自动章节编号"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
msgstr "在标题段落中的文本开始处，在编号后点击。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the Backspace key to delete the number."
msgstr "按「退格键」可删除数字。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155552\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
msgstr "将自定义段落样式用作标题"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155571\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 章节编号</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">编号</item>」选项卡。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr "在「<emph>段落样式</emph>」框中选择自定义样式。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147782\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">级别</item>」列表中要指定给自定义段落样式的标题级别。"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147808\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr "有条件的文字"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>匹配字段内有条件的文字</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>如果-则查询作为字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>有条件的文字; 设置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文字; 有条件的文字</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定义;条件</bookmark_value>"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"有条件的文字\">有条件的文字</link></variable>"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155879\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
msgstr "您可以设置文档中的字段，使其在符合您定义的条件时显示文字。例如，您可以定义在一系列提醒信函中有条件显示的文字。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
msgstr "此示例中设置有条件文字的过程分为两部分。首先创建变量，然后创建条件。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
msgstr "定义有条件的变量"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement."
msgstr "此示例的第一部分是定义条件语句的变量。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155566\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 字段 - 其他</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">变量</item>」选项卡。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」列表中的「设置变量」。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147784\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">名称</item>」框中输入变量的名称，例如「<item type=\"literal\">提醒</item>」。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147810\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式</item>」列表中的「文本」。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id7748344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"literal\"></item><item type=\"menuitem\">值</item>」框中输入「1」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」。<br/>现在「格式」列表会显示「常规」格式。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
msgstr "定义条件和有条件的文字"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145659\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
msgstr "示例的第二部分内容用于定义必须满足的条件，以及在文档中插入用于显示有条件文字的占位符。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151193\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
msgstr "将光标置于文字中要插入有条件文字的位置。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 字段 - 其他</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">功能</item>」选项卡。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」列表中的「有条件的文字」。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155936\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
msgstr "将「<item type=\"literal\">提醒 EQ \"3\"</item>」输入到「<item type=\"menuitem\">条件</item>」框中。换句话说，当本示例第一部分定义的字段中的变量等于 3 时，将显示有条件的文字。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155969\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
msgstr "数字 \"3\" 前后的引号表示此示例第一部分所定义的变量是一个文本字符串。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150446\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
msgstr "在「<emph>则</emph>」框中输入满足条件时要显示的文字。可以输入任意长度的文本。也可以将段落粘贴到该框中。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155073\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
msgstr "显示有条件的文字"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
msgstr "在此示例中，条件变量的数值等于 3 时将显示有条件的文字。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "将光标置于您在此示例第一部分中定义的字段之前，然后选择「<emph>编辑 - 字段</emph>」。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "将「<item type=\"menuitem\">值</item>」框中的编号替换为 3，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">关闭</item>」。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155168\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
msgstr "如果字段不自动更新，请按 F9 键。"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145714\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"有条件的运算符列表\">有条件的运算符列表</link>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr "用于页数的有条件的文字"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页数</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>有条件的文字; 页数</bookmark_value>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"用于页数的有条件的文字\">用于页数的有条件的文字</link></variable>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3156228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
msgstr "如果您的文档含有多个页面，可以创建有条件的文字字段，从而根据页数显示 \"pages\" 而不是 \"page\"。"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3156257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
msgstr "将光标置于文档中要插入页数的位置。"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150513\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 字段 - 页数</item>」，然后输入一个空格。"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 字段 - 其他</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">功能</item>」选项卡。"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」列表中的「有条件的文字」。"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"literal\"></item><item type=\"menuitem\">条件</item>」框中输入「Page > 1」。"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"literal\"></item><item type=\"menuitem\">就</item>」框中输入「Pages」。"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145305\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"literal\"></item><item type=\"menuitem\">否则</item>」框中输入「Page」。"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155535\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr "从自定义词典中删除字"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>用户定义的字典; 从中删除词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>自定义词典; 从中删除词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>删除; 用户定义的字典中的词</bookmark_value>"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"从自定义词典中删除字\">从自定义词典中删除字</link></variable>"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
msgstr "请选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - 语言设置 - 语言规则</emph>」。"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3151391\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>."
msgstr "选择要在「<item type=\"menuitem\">用户定义</item>列表中编辑的用户定义的字典，然后点击<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑</item>」。"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>字</emph>列表中选择要删除的字，然后点击<emph>删除</emph>」。"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr "在文档中移动和复制文本"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>区域; 移动和复制</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>移动; 文本区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>复制; 文本区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>粘贴;  剪切/复制的文本区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>鼠标;移动和复制文本</bookmark_value>"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"在文档中移动和复制文字\">在文档中移动和复制文字</link></variable>"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3152994\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
msgstr "选择要移动或复制的文字。"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154236\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>"
msgstr "要移动所选文本，请将文本拖动到文档的其他位置，然后释放。拖动时，鼠标指针会转变为包含一个灰色的框。<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">移动数据时的鼠标光标</alt></image>"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>"
msgstr "要复制所选文本，请在拖动时按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令 </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> 键。此时鼠标指针会转变为包含一个加号 (+)。<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">复制数据时的鼠标光标</alt></image>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr "对奇数页和偶数页应用不同的页面样式"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页面样式; 左页和右页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>带有交替页面样式的空白页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>带有交替页面样式的空白页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面; 左页和右页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式; 偶数/奇数页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>标题页; 页面样式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>首页页面样式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>左页页面样式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>右页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>偶数/奇数页; 格式</bookmark_value>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"对奇数页和偶数页应用不同的页面样式\">对奇数页和偶数页应用不同的页面样式</link></variable>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">图标</alt></image>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace."
msgstr "$[officename] 可以自动在文档的偶数 (左) 页和奇数 (右) 页中交替应用页面样式。例如，可以使用页面样式在奇数页和偶数页上显示不同的页眉与页脚。当前页面样式显示在工作空间底部的「<emph>状态栏</emph>」中。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id8194219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
msgstr "设置替代页面样式"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3150526\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">视图 - 样式</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">页面样式</item>」图标。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153153\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在「页面样式」列表中的「左页」上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>管理器</emph>」选项卡。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145267\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>下一个样式</emph>」框中选择「右页」，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145299\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在「页面样式」列表中的「右页」上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155529\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>下一个样式</emph>框中选择「左页」，然后点击 <emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155561\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles window."
msgstr "转到文档的首页，在「样式」窗口中双击页面样式列表中的「右页」。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155588\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
msgstr "要在一种页面样式中添加页眉，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页眉</item>」，并选择要添加页眉的页面样式。在页眉框中，输入要用作页眉的文本。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147772\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
msgstr "要在页面样式中添加页脚，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页脚</item>」，并选择要添加页脚的页面样式。在页脚框中，输入要用作页脚的文本。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
msgstr "如果不希望在文档的标题页中使用页眉或页脚，请对标题页面应用「首页」样式。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id888698\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
msgstr "禁止打印出空页面"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3394573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
msgstr "如果文档中的两个偶数或两个奇数页面直接相邻，Writer 将默认插入一个空白页。您可以禁止打印这些自动生成的空白页，以及禁止将其导出为 PDF。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id7594225\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 打印</emph>」。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id8147221\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>."
msgstr "从「<emph>打印自动插入的空白页</emph>」中删除复选标记。"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145596\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"插入换行符对话框\">插入换行符对话框</link>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr "将字段转换成文本"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>字段; 转换成文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>转换; 字段, 文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>替换; 字段, 用文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>修改; 字段, 文本</bookmark_value>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"将字段转换成文本\">将字段转换成文本</link></variable>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
msgstr "您可以将字段修改成普通文本，使其不再更新。字段被修改成文本后，就无法再将该文本修改回字段。"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155608\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
msgstr "选择字段并选择「<emph>编辑 - 剪切</emph>」。"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>编辑 - 选择性粘贴</emph>」。"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click               <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">选择</item>列表中的「未格式化的文本」，然后点击<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3157551\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"选择性粘贴\">选择性粘贴</link>"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr "关于字段"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>字段; 更新/查看</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>更新; 字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>帮助提示; 字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>属性; 字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>禁用; 字段高亮显示</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>修改; 字段阴影</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>查看; 字段</bookmark_value>"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"关于字段\">关于字段</link></variable>"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3154246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
msgstr "字段用于表示文档中会改变的数据，例如当前日期或文档的总页数。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Viewing Fields"
msgstr "查看字段"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3150509\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Field Names\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>."
msgstr "字段由字段名称和字段内容组成。要在显示字段名称和显示字段内容之间进行切换，请选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Field Names\">「<emph>视图 - 字段名称</emph></link>」。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3150536\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
msgstr "要在文档中显示或隐藏高亮显示字段，选择「<emph>视图 - 字段阴影</emph>」。要永久禁用此功能，请选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - 应用程序颜色</emph>」，然后取消选择「<emph>字段阴影</emph>」前的复选框。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3152885\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box."
msgstr "要修改字段阴影颜色，请选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - 应用程序颜色</item></link>」，找到「<item type=\"menuitem\">字段阴影</item>」选项，然后在「<item type=\"menuitem\">颜色设置</item>」框中选择不同的颜色。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Field Properties"
msgstr "字段属性"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3153180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
msgstr "文档中的大多数字段类型，包括数据库字段，都会被保存并显示变量值。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
msgstr "点击以下类型的字段时，会执行相应的操作:"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr "字段类型"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Property"
msgstr "属性"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147789\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "占位符"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object corresponding to the placeholder, except for text placeholders. For text placeholders, click on the placeholder and type over it."
msgstr "打开对话框，可插入与占位符对应的对象，文本占位符除外。对于文本占位符，请点击占位符并在其中输入。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147216\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr "插入引用"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
msgstr "将鼠标指标移到引用。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147267\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Run macro"
msgstr "运行宏"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147290\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Runs a macro."
msgstr "运行宏。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3145614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr "输入字段"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3145637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
msgstr "打开一个对话框，可以在其中编辑字段的内容。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155937\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Fields"
msgstr "更新字段"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
msgstr "要更新文档中的所有字段，请按 F9 键，或者选择「<emph>编辑 - 全选</emph>」，然后按 F9 键。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155984\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
msgstr "要更新从数据库中插入的字段，请选择该字段，然后按 F9 键。"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id271519643331154\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Placeholders are not updated."
msgstr "占位符未更新。"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr "插入固定或可变的日期字段"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"bm_id5111545\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>插入;日期字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>日期;插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>日期字段;固定/可变</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>固定日期</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>可变日期</bookmark_value>"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155165\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"插入固定或可变的日期字段\">插入固定或可变的日期字段</link></variable>"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3154491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
msgstr "可以将当前日期作为字段插入，插入的字段可以在每次打开文档时更新，也可以不更新。"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3147679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 其他</emph>」，点击「<emph>文档</emph>」选项卡。"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and do one of the following:"
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」列表中的「日期」，然后执行以下操作之一:"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3155602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
msgstr "要插入日期作为每次打开文档时更新的字段，请点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">选择</item>」列表中的「日期」。"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3154241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
msgstr "要插入日期作为不更新的字段，请点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">选择</item>」列表中的「日期(固定)」。"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr "添加输入字段"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 输入字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字段; 在文本中输入字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>在文本中输入字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 输入字段</bookmark_value>"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">添加输入字段</link> </variable>"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
msgstr "输入字段是一个变量，在文档中点击它可以打开一个对话框，以便编辑此变量。"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3145776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 字段 - 其他</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">功能</item>」选项卡。"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click “Input field”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」列表中的「输入字段」。"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3154257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」，然后输入变量的文本。"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150708\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr "要快速打开文档中的所有输入字段进行编辑，请按 Ctrl+Shift+F9 键。"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr "按字段或条件查询用户数据"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>字段; 用户数据</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>用户数据; 查询</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>条件; 用户数据字段</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>隐藏; 文本, 来自特定用户</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本; 隐藏来自特定用户的, 带条件</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>条件/字段中的用户变量</bookmark_value>"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"在字段或条件中查询用户数据\">在字段或条件中查询用户数据</link></variable>"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3154239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
msgstr "可以使用条件或字段来访问和比较某些用户数据。例如，可以通过以下运算符比较用户数据:"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Operator"
msgstr "运算符"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "含义"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "== or EQ"
msgstr "== 或 EQ"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150531\n"
"help.text"
msgid "equals"
msgstr "等于"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150725\n"
"help.text"
msgid "!= or NEQ"
msgstr "!= 或 NEQ"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "is not equal to"
msgstr "不等于"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3153167\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
msgstr "如果需要，可以使用条件隐藏文档中来自特定用户的文字。"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3153190\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
msgstr "选择文档中要隐藏的文字。"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145273\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 区域</emph>」。"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145297\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">隐藏</item>」区域中，选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">隐藏</item>」复选框。"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from."
msgstr "在「<emph>带条件</emph>框中，输入<emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>」，其中 \"Doe\" 是要隐藏其文字的用户的姓氏。"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」，然后保存该文档。"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
msgstr "在「导航」中仍然可以看到隐藏区域的名称。"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147777\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
msgstr "下表列出了定义条件或字段时可以使用的用户变量:"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User variables"
msgstr "用户变量"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147218\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "含义"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr "user_firstname"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147268\n"
"help.text"
msgid "First name"
msgstr "名字"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr "user_lastname"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Last name"
msgstr "姓氏"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr "user_initials"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145666\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Initials"
msgstr "缩写"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151200\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_company"
msgstr "user_company"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Company"
msgstr "公司"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_street"
msgstr "user_street"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152912\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Street"
msgstr "街道"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152940\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_country"
msgstr "user_country"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Country"
msgstr "国家"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152990\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr "user_zipcode"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Zip Code"
msgstr "邮政编码"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145706\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_city"
msgstr "user_city"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "City"
msgstr "城市"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145756\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_title"
msgstr "user_title"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Title"
msgstr "标题"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_position"
msgstr "user_position"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156307\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156334\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr "user_tel_work"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156357\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr "办公电话号码"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156384\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr "user_tel_home"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr "住宅电话号码"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149756\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr "user_fax"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr "传真号码"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_email"
msgstr "user_email"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr "电子信箱地址"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147321\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_state"
msgstr "user_state"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "State"
msgstr "省份"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"运算符列表\">运算符列表</link>"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
msgstr "在 Writer 中查找与替换"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"bm_id1163670\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>查找; 文本/文本格式/样式/对象</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>替换; 文本和文本格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>样式;查找</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>搜索, 另请参阅「查找」</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本格式; 查找</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式; 查找与替换</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>搜索; 格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>对象;通过浏览器查找</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>亚洲语言;搜索选项</bookmark_value>"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id8568681\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">在 Writer 中查找与替换</link></variable>"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id611285\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
msgstr "在文本文档中，可以找到文字、格式、样式以及其他内容。您可以从一个结果浏览到下一个结果，也可以同时高亮显示所有结果，然后应用另一种格式或使用其他文本替换这些文字。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id6226081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
msgstr "「查找与替换」对话框"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6702780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "要在整个文档中查找文本，请打开「查找与替换」对话框，而无需选择任何活动文本。如果要仅查找文档的一部分，请先选择该文本部分，然后打开「查找与替换」对话框。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id3158970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Text"
msgstr "查找文本"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6957304\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "选择「<emph>编辑 - 查找与替换</emph>」以打开「查找与替换」对话框。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2164677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
msgstr "在「<emph>查找</emph>」文本框中输入要查找的文本。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id5684072\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>查找下一个</emph>」或「<emph>查找全部</emph>」。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4377269\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text."
msgstr "当点击「<emph>查找下一个</emph>」时，Writer 将显示下一个等于输入内容的文本。您可以查看和编辑文本，然后再次点击「<emph>查找下一个</emph>」以前进到下一个找到的文本。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id1371807\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog."
msgstr "如果关闭了对话框，可以按组合键 (Ctrl+Shift+F) 来查找下一个文本，而无需打开对话框。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id924100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
msgstr "或者，也可以使用文档右下角的图标来浏览到下一个文本，或者浏览到文档中的任何其他对象。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9359416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
msgstr "当点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">查找全部</item>」时，Writer 将选择与输入内容相同的所有文本。例如，您现在可以将所有找到的文本设置为粗体，或者同时将字符样式应用于所有文本。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id5891598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Replace Text"
msgstr "替换文本"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id1780755\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
msgstr "与查找文本不同，无法将文本替换操作限制为仅替换当前选中内容。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2467421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "选择「编辑 - 查找与替换」以打开「查找与替换」对话框。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4286935\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
msgstr "在「<emph>查找</emph>」文本框中输入要搜索的文本。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9959410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box."
msgstr "在「<emph>替换成</emph>」文本框中，输入替换找到的文本的文本。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id24109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>替换</emph>」或「<emph>全部替换</emph>」。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id703451\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
msgstr "点击「<emph>替换</emph>」时，Writer 将从当前光标位置开始，在整个文档中查找<emph>查找</emph>框中的文本。找到文本后，Writer 将高亮显示文本并等待您的响应。点击「<emph>替换</emph>」可使用「<emph>替换</emph>文本框中的文本替换文档中高亮显示的文本。点击<emph>查找下一个</emph>」可前进到下一个找到的文本，而不替换当前选择的内容。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7540818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
msgstr "点击「<emph>全部替换</emph>」时，Writer 将替换与输入内容匹配的所有文本。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id9908444\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Styles"
msgstr "查找样式"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8413953\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
msgstr "您需要在文档中查找指定了某种段落样式的所有文本，例如「标题 2」样式。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2696920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "选择「编辑 - 查找与替换」以打开「查找与替换」对话框。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id896938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "点击「<emph>其他选项</emph>」可展开对话框。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9147007\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
msgstr "选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">段落样式</item>」。<br/><item type=\"menuitem\">查找</item>文本框现在是一个列表框，您可以从中选择当前文档中应用的任何段落样式。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id679342\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "选择要查找的样式，然后点击「<emph>查找下一个</emph>」或「<emph>查找全部</emph>」。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id3231299\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Formats"
msgstr "查找格式"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8087405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned."
msgstr "您需要在文档中查找指定了某种直接字符格式的所有文本。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id3406170\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
msgstr "查找格式操作仅查找直接字符属性，它不会查找作为样式一部分应用的属性。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2448805\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "选择「编辑 - 查找与替换」以打开「查找与替换」对话框。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4542985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "点击「<emph>更多选项</emph>」以展开对话框。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4679403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
msgstr "点击「<emph>格式</emph>」按钮。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7783745\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>查找下一个</emph>」或「<emph>查找全部</emph>」。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id5597094\n"
"help.text"
msgid "More options"
msgstr "更多选项"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9919431\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
msgstr "类似查找可以查找与查找文本几乎相同的文本。您可以设置允许的不同字符数。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8533280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
msgstr "选中「<emph>类似查找</emph>」选项，并且可以有选择地点击「<emph>...</emph>」按钮来修改这些设置。 (对于英文文本，将所有三个数字设置为 1 可获得较好效果。)"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4646748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
msgstr "在「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - 语言设置 - 语言</emph>」下面启用了亚洲语言支持时，「查找与替换」对话框将提供查找亚洲文本的选项。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id2489394\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator"
msgstr "导航"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9934385\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document."
msgstr "「导航」是用于查找和选择对象的主要工具。也可以使用「导航」来移动和排列章节，从而提供文档的大纲视图。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4159062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
msgstr "选择「<emph>查看 - 导航</emph>」打开「导航」窗口。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7421796\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information."
msgstr "使用「导航」在相同文档或其他打开的文档中插入对象、链接和引用。有关详细信息，请参阅<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">导航</link>向导。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6417432\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
msgstr "点击位于文档右下角部分带有蓝色圆圈的图标以打开小<emph>导航</emph>窗口。"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4639728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
msgstr "使用小「导航」窗口以快速跳到下一个对象，或在文档中查找下一个文本。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr "插入续页页码"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页面; 续页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页脚中的下一页页码</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>续页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页码; 续页</bookmark_value>"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"插入续页页码\">插入续页页码</link></variable>"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
msgstr "可以使用字段轻松地在页脚中插入下一页的页码。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
msgstr "只有存在后续页时，才会显示该页码。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页脚</emph>」，然后选择要添加页脚的页面样式。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
msgstr "将光标置于页脚中，并选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 其他</emph>」。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147134\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "在「<emph>字段</emph> 对话框中，点击<emph>文档</emph>」选项卡。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150955\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list."
msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中点击「页面」，在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中点击「下一页」。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150517\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式</item>」列表中的编号样式。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
msgstr "如果在「<emph>格式</emph>」列表中选择了「文字」，则字段中仅显示在「<emph>数值</emph>」框中输入的文字。"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150727\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」以插入带有页码的字段。"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr "将页码插入页脚"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页脚; 带页码</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面; 页码和页数</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页码; 页脚</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编号; 页面</bookmark_value>"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"将页码插入页脚内\">将页码插入页脚内</link></variable>"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id8230842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
msgstr "您可以轻松将页码字段插入文档的页脚。还可以将页数添加到页脚，例如，格式为「Page 9 of 12」"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id7867366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
msgstr "插入页码"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页脚</emph>」，然后选择要添加页脚的页面样式。"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 页码</emph>」。"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3153155\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
msgstr "与对齐文字一样，您也可以根据需要对齐页码字段。"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id2988677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
msgstr "另外添加页计数"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3155532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space."
msgstr "在页码字段的前面点击，输入「<item type=\"literal\">Page</item>」并输入一个空格；在该字段的后面点击，输入空格并输入「<item type=\"literal\">of</item>」，然后输入另一个空格。"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3155554\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 页数</emph>」。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr "插入和编辑脚注或尾注"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>尾注; 插入和编辑</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 脚注/尾注</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>删除; 脚注</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑; 脚注/尾注</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>组织; 脚注</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>脚注; 插入和编辑</bookmark_value>"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"插入和编辑脚注或尾注\">插入和编辑脚注或尾注</link></variable>"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr "脚注在页面的底端提供有关某个主题的更多信息，而尾注在文档的结尾提供参考信息。$[officename] 会对脚注与尾注自动编号。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155881\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr "插入脚注或尾注"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155903\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
msgstr "在文档中要放置备注标记的位置点击。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147120\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr "选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>插入 - 脚注/尾注</emph></link>。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150937\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">编号</item>区域中，选择要使用的格式。如果选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">字符</item>」，则点击浏览按钮 (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>」)，然后选择要用于脚注的字符。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>区域中，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">脚注</item>」或<item type=\"menuitem\">尾注</item>」。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150704\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the note."
msgstr "输入备注内容。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3148843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">图标</alt></image>"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3153176\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "您也可以通过在「<emph>插入</emph>」工具栏上点击「<emph>直接插入脚注</emph>」图标插入脚注。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155543\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr "编辑脚注或尾注"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150167\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
msgstr "用鼠标操作也能够从脚注标记跳到脚注上。只要鼠标指针到脚注标记上，其视图就会转换。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155563\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
msgstr "要编辑脚注或尾注的文字，请在备注中点击，或者点击文字中的备注标记。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "要修改脚注的格式，点击该脚注，按「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline>」打开「样式」窗口，并在列表的「脚注」上右击，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
msgstr "要从脚注或尾注跳到文本中的备注标记，请按 PageUp 键。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr "要编辑脚注标记或尾注标记的编号属性，请在标记前点击，然后选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>编辑 - 脚注/尾注</emph></link>。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>."
msgstr "要修改应用到 $[officename] 脚注与尾注的格式，请选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>工具 - 脚注/尾注</emph></link>。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147813\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "要编辑脚注或尾注的文字区域属性，请选择「<emph>格式 - 页面</emph>」，然后点击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"脚注\"><emph>脚注</emph></link>选项卡。"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147232\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
msgstr "要删除脚注，请删除文字中的脚注标记。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr "脚注之间的间距"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147683\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>间距; 尾注/脚注</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>尾注; 间距</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>脚注; 间距</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>边框; 脚注/尾注</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>线条; 脚注/尾注</bookmark_value>"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147683\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"脚注之间的间隔\">脚注之间的间隔</link></variable>"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3145808\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
msgstr "如果要增加脚注或尾注文字之间的间距，可以在相应的段落样式中添加上边框和下边框。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
msgstr "在脚注或尾注中点击。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3154251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在您要修改的段落样式 (如「脚注」) 上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155884\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "在选项卡<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"边框\"><emph>边框</emph></link>中选择上、下线条。将两条线定义为白色。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">默认值</item>区域中，点击<item type=\"menuitem\">仅采用上下边框</item>」图标。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">线条</item>区域中，点击<item type=\"menuitem\">风格</item>」列表中的某条线。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150961\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">颜色</item>」框中选择「白色」。如果页面的背景不是白色，请选择与背景色最适合的颜色。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150519\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Padding</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
msgstr "在「<emph>填充</emph>」区域，清除「<emph>同步化</emph>」复选框。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150709\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> boxes."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">上</item>」框和「<item type=\"menuitem\">下</item>」框中各输入一个值。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150740\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3148846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"格式 - 段落 - 边框\">格式 - 段落 - 边框</link>"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr "创建格式信函"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"bm_id3159257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>邮件合并</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3159257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"创建格式信函\">创建格式信函</link></variable></variable>"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id3150502\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
msgstr "要创建格式信函，需要有一个含有地址数据的字段和地址数据库。然后组合或合并地址数据和文本文档以便打印信函或通过电子邮件发送信函。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id0805200801132382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
msgstr "对于 HTML 格式的文档，任何嵌入或链接的图像都不会随电子邮件一起发送。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">邮件合并向导</link>可帮助您创建格式信函。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a form letter"
msgstr "创建格式信函"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN1066B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 邮件合并向导</emph>」。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10672\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
msgstr "打开「邮件合并向导」对话框。下面举例介绍浏览向导各页面的众多方式中的一个:"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button."
msgstr "选择「<emph>从模板开始</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>浏览</emph>」按钮。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10681\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog."
msgstr "您会看到「<emph>新建</emph>」对话框。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">\"Modern\" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard."
msgstr "在左侧列表中选择「<item type=\"literal\">商务信函</item>」，然后在右侧列表中选择「<item type=\"literal\">「现代」商务信函</item>」。点击「<emph>确定</emph>」关闭「模板」对话框，然后点击「向导」中的「<emph>下一步</emph>」。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id2669759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>信函</emph>然后点击<emph>下一步</emph>」。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106BD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr "在向导的下一步，点击「<emph>选择地址列表</emph>」按钮可检查您使用的是不是正确的地址列表。如果您希望使用地址块，请选择地址块类型，如果需要请匹配数据字段，并点击「<emph>下一步</emph>」。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
msgstr "然后是「<emph>创建称呼</emph>」步骤。取消选择「<emph>插入个性化称呼</emph>复选框。在<emph>通用称呼</emph>」中，选择在所有信函顶部使用的称呼。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column."
msgstr "如果您希望将邮件合并字段放在文档的其他部分，请在您的地址数据源中选择相应列，并将列头拖放至希望该字段出现的地方。请确保选择了整个列。"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106D5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge."
msgstr "点击「<emph>下一步</emph>」，最后点击<emph>完成</emph>创建邮件合并。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "主控文档和子文档"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>主控文档; 属性</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>子文档; 属性</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>主要文档</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>附属文档</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文档; 主控文档和子文档</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>样式; 主控文档</bookmark_value>"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">主控文档和子文档</link></variable>"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3149806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr "主控文档可用于管理大型文档，例如具有许多章节的书籍。可将主控文档视为单个 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 文件的容器。这些单个文件称为子文档。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id6537369\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
msgstr "主控文档的特征"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
msgstr "打印主控文档时，会打印所有子文档的内容、索引以及您输入的所有文字。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
msgstr "可以在主控文档中为所有子文档创建目录与索引。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
msgstr "子文档中使用的样式，例如新的段落样式，会自动导入主控文档中。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id9033783\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments."
msgstr "查看主控文档时，主控文档中已存在的样式优先于从子文档导入的具有相同名称的样式。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3419598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
msgstr "对主控文档的更改永远不会使子文档发生更改。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
msgstr "在主控文档中添加文档或创建新的子文档时，主控文档中会创建一个链接。不能在主控文档中直接编辑子文档的内容，但可以通过「导航」打开任何子文档进行编辑。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id7904904\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
msgstr "使用样式的示例"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id5817743\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
msgstr "主控文档 master.odm 由一些文本和指向子文档 sub1.odt 和 sub2.odt 的链接组成。在每个子文档中都会定义并使用具有相同名称 Style1 的新段落样式，并将保存这些子文档。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id9169591\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported."
msgstr "保存主控文档时，子文档中的样式将被导入主控文档中。首先，将导入 sub1.odt 中的新样式 Style1。接下来，将导入 sub2.odt 中的新样式，但由于主控文档中现已存在 Style1，因此不会导入 sub2.odt 中的此样式。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id1590014\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
msgstr "现在您可以在主控文档中看到第一个子文档中的新样式 Style1。主控文档中的所有 Style1 段落都将使用第一个子文档中的 Style1 属性进行显示。但是，第二个子文档自身不会被更改。您将看到第二个子文档中的 Style1 段落以不同属性显示，这取决于是单独打开 sub2.odt 文档，还是将其作为主控文档的一部分打开。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id5878780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "为了避免混淆，请对主控文档及其子文档使用同一个文档模板。从带有标题的现有文档中创建主控文档及其子文档 (使用命令「<emph>文件 - 发送 - 创建主控文档</emph>」) 时，会自动使用同一个文档模板。"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3154382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"主控模式的导航\">主控模式的导航</link>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "使用主控文档和子文档"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>导航; 主控文档</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>主控文档; 创建/修改/导出</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>子文档; 创建/编辑/删除</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>删除; 子文档</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>索引; 主控文档</bookmark_value>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">使用主控文档和子文档</link></variable>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id1522873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr "主控文档可用于管理大型文档，例如具有许多章节的书籍。可将主控文档视为单个 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 文件的容器。这些单个文件称为子文档。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
msgstr "创建主控文档"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件 - 新建 - Master 文档</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "打开现有文档并选择「<emph>文件 - 发送 - 创建 Master 文档</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
msgstr "如果正在创建新的主控文档，则导航器的第一个条目应为「<item type=\"menuitem\">文本</item>」条目。输入介绍或输入一些文本，这确保您在主控文档中编辑一个现有样式之后查看子文档时能够看到修改后的样式。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "在主控文档的「<item type=\"menuitem\">导航</item>」 (应该自动打开，或按 F5 打开) 中，点击并按住「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」图标，然后执行以下操作之一:"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "要将现有文件作为子文档插入，请选择「<emph>文件</emph>」，找到要包含的文件，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr "要新建子文档，请选择「<emph>新建文档</emph>」，输入文件名，然后点击「<emph>保存</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id8550981\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr "要在子文档中插入一些文本，请<emph>文本</emph>。然后输入文本。您不能在导航栏现有文本条目后插入文本。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件 - 保存</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
msgstr "编辑主控文档"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
msgstr "使用「导航」在主控文档中重新排列和编辑子文档。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3155879\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
msgstr "要打开一个子文档进行编辑，请在「导航」中双击该子文档的名称。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3155931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
msgstr "要从主控文档中删除子文档，请右击「导航」列表中的子文档，然后选择「<emph>删除</emph>」。将不会删除子文档文件，仅删除「导航」列表中的条目。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr "要在主控文档中添加文本，请右击「导航」列表中的项目，然后选择「<emph>插入 - 文本</emph>」。在主控文档选中项目之前插入文本区域，您可以在此输入您想输入的文本。不能在「导航」中已存在的文本条目旁边插入文本。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149982\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> icon."
msgstr "要在主控文档中重新排列子文档的顺序，请在「导航」列表中将子文档拖到新位置。也可以在此列表中选择子文档，并点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">向下移动</item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\">向上移动</item>」图标。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153022\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
msgstr "要在主控文档中添加索引 (如目录)，请在「导航」列表中点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>插入 - 索引</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/res/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/res/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">图标</alt></image>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
msgstr "要更新主控文档中的索引，请在「导航」中选择索引，然后点击「<emph>更新</emph>」图标。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_idN10C40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
msgstr "在象插入框架或图片那样向主控文档中插入对象时，请勿将该对象锁定\"在页面上\"。而应该在「<emph>格式 - (对象类型) - 类型</emph>」选项卡页面上将锁定设置为\"在段落上\"，然后在「<emph>水平</emph>和<emph>垂直</emph>」列表框中将该对象的位置设置为与\"整页\"相关。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153656\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
msgstr "在新页面上开始每个子文档"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3152760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "确保每个子文档都以使用同一段落样式的标题 (如「标题 1」) 开始。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "在主控文档中，选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>段落样式</emph>」图标。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在「标题 1」上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3147124\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> tab."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">文字流</item>」选项卡。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149770\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">换行符</item>区域中，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」，然后选择<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」框中的「页」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
msgstr "如果要让每个子文档都在奇数页上开始，请选择「<emph>使用页面样式</emph>」，并从该框中选择「右页」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145205\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document"
msgstr "将主控文档导出为「<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>」文本文档"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3150315\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">文件 - 导出</item>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148580\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>文件格式</emph>」列表中选择文本文档文件格式，然后点击「<emph>导出</emph>」。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id8371227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
msgstr "子文档将被作为区域导出。如果您更喜欢无区域的纯文本文档，请使用<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 区域</item>取消区域的保护和删除区域。"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3154382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"主控模式的导航\">主控模式的导航</link>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr "关于页眉与页脚"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页眉; 关于</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页脚; 关于</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML 文档; 页眉与页脚</bookmark_value>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"关于页眉与页脚\">关于页眉与页脚</link></variable>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
msgstr "页眉与页脚是指页面的上边距和下边距中的区域，您可以在此处添加文字或图形。页眉与页脚的内容会添加到当前页面样式中。所有使用相同样式的页面都会自动获得添加的页眉与页脚。您可以在文本文档的页眉与页脚中插入<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"字段\">字段</link> (如页码和章节标题)。"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3150511\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
msgstr "当前页面的页面样式显示在「<emph>状态栏</emph>」中。"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3155896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "要在页面中添加页眉，请选择「<emph>插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页眉</emph>」，然后从子菜单中选择当前页面的页面样式。"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3147119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "要在页面中添加页脚，请选择「<emph>插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页脚</emph>」，然后从子菜单中选择当前页面的页面样式。"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3153726\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
msgstr "还可以选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 页面</item>」，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">页眉</item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\">页脚</item>」选项卡，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">显示页眉</item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\">显示页脚</item>」。如果您要为偶数页和奇数页定义不同的页眉与页脚，则清除「<item type=\"menuitem\">左右内容相同</item>」复选框。"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3146876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
msgstr "要在文档中使用不同的页眉或页脚，必须先将它们添加到不同的<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"页面样式\">页面样式</link>中，然后再在要显示页眉与页脚的页面中应用这些样式。"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150704\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
msgstr "HTML 文档中的页眉与页脚"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3150717\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted."
msgstr "某些页眉与页脚选项也适用于 HTML 文档。HTML 不支持页眉与页脚，而是使用特殊标记将其导出以便在浏览器中进行查看。仅当在「Web 版式」模式下启用页眉与页脚时，才会在 HTML 文档中导出它们。在 $[officename] 中重新打开文档时，将正确显示页眉与页脚 (包括插入的所有字段)。"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3153174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"页面样式\">页面样式</link>"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr "定义不同的页眉与页脚"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页眉; 定义左右页面</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页脚; 定义左右页面</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面样式; 修改</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定义; 页眉/页脚</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>翻转的页面版式</bookmark_value>"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"定义不同的页眉与页脚\">定义不同的页眉与页脚</link></variable>"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style."
msgstr "只要文档中的不同页面应用不同的页面样式，就可以在这些页面中使用不同的页眉与页脚。$[officename] 提供了多种预设的页面样式，例如「<emph>首页</emph>」「<emph>左页</emph>」和「<emph>右页</emph>」。另外，还可以创建自定义页面样式。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box."
msgstr "如果您要将页眉添加到具有不同的内部页边距和外部页边距的页面样式中，则还可以使用翻转的页面版式。要将此选项应用于页面样式，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 页面</item>」，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">页</item>」选项卡，然后在「<item type=\"menuitem\">设置版式</item>区域中，选择<item type=\"menuitem\">页面版式</item>」框中的「翻转的」。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
msgstr "例如，可以使用页面样式定义在文档中的偶数页和奇数页上显示不同的页眉。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150929\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a new text document."
msgstr "打开新建的空文本文档。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150946\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles sidebar deck."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」，然后在「样式」窗口中点击「<emph>页面样式</emph>」图标。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在列表中的「右页」上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150536\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">页面样式</item>对话框中，点击<item type=\"menuitem\">页眉</item>」选项卡。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153750\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">显示页眉</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">管理</item>」选项卡。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3146865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Left Page\"."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">下一个样式</item>」框中，选择「左页」。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3146889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150714\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Styles</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>样式</emph>」窗口，右击页面样式列表中的「左页」并选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">页面样式</item>对话框中，点击<item type=\"menuitem\">页眉</item>」选项卡。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">显示页眉</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">管理</item>」选项卡。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147061\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Right Page\"."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">下一个样式</item>」框中，选择「右页」。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "双击页面样式列表中的「右页」，对当前页面应用该样式。"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style."
msgstr "在左页样式的页眉中输入文字或图形。当下一页添加到文档中后，在右页样式的页眉中输入文字或图形。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "在页眉或页脚中插入章节名称和编号"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页眉中的连续标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页眉中的浮动标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页眉; 章节信息</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页眉中的章节名称</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>名称; 页眉中的章节名称</bookmark_value>"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"在页眉或页脚中插入章节名称和章节编号\">在页眉或页脚中插入章节名称和章节编号</link></variable>"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the chapter numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
msgstr "在将章节信息插入到页眉或页脚之前，必须先设置章节标题所使用的段落样式的章节编号选项。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
msgstr "创建章节标题的段落样式"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155874\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering.</item>"
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 章节编号</item>」。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155898\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">样式</item>」框中，选择要用于章节标题的段落样式，例如「标题 1」。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147124\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">编号</item>」框中选择章节标题的编号样式，例如「\"1,2,3...」。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">之前</item>」框中输入「章节」，后面紧跟一个空格。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">之后</item>」框中输入一个空格。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150505\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "在页眉或页脚中插入章节名称和章节编号"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
msgstr "对文档中的章节标题应用您为章节标题定义的段落样式。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页眉</item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页脚</item>」，然后从子菜单中选择当前页面的页面样式。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153762\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
msgstr "在页眉或页脚中点击。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3146863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 字段 - 其他</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">功能</item>」选项卡。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」列表中的「章节」，并点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式</item>」列表中的「章节号和名称」。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147065\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147095\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
msgstr "所有应用当前页面样式的页面中的页眉将自动显示章节名称和章节编号。"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr "格式化页眉或页脚"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>插入; 页眉下方/页脚上方的行</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>行; 页眉下方/页脚上方</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页眉;格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页脚;格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>阴影;页眉/页脚</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>边框;用于页眉/页脚</bookmark_value>"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"格式化页眉或页脚\">格式化页眉或页脚</link></variable>"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
msgstr "可以对页眉或页脚的文字应用直接格式。也可以调整文字与页眉或页脚框的间隔，或者在页眉或页脚中应用边框。"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 页面</item>」，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">页眉</item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\">页脚</item>」选项卡。"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
msgstr "设置要使用的间隔选项。"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> dialog opens."
msgstr "要将边框或阴影添加到页眉或页脚中，请点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">更多</item>」。此时会打开「<item type=\"menuitem\">边框/背景</item>」对话框。"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
msgstr "要在页眉或页脚与页面内容之间添加分隔行，请点击「<emph>行布局</emph>区域的底边。在<emph>样式</emph>」框中点击行样式。"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3153742\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
msgstr "要调整页眉或页脚内容与行之间的间隔，请清除「<emph>同步</emph>」框，然后在「<emph>底部</emph>」框中输入值。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr "隐藏文本"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 隐藏</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>区域; 隐藏</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>段落; 隐藏</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>隐藏; 文本，带有条件</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>变量; 对于隐藏文本</bookmark_value>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">隐藏文本</link> </variable>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150103\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
msgstr "可以使用字段和区域，在满足条件时隐藏或显示文档中的文字。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
msgstr "在隐藏文字之前，必须先创建隐藏文字条件中使用的变量。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id5174108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Variable"
msgstr "创建变量"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153131\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
msgstr "在文档中点击，然后选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 其他</emph>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "点击「<emph>变量</emph>」选项卡，然后点击「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中的「设置变量」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr "点击「<emph>格式</emph>」列表中的 \"General\"。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">名称</item>框中输入变量的名称，例如，<item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">值</item>框中输入变量的值，例如 <item type=\"literal\">1</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
msgstr "要在文档中隐藏该变量，请选择「<emph>不可见</emph>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149585\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>和<item type=\"menuitem\">关闭</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide Text"
msgstr "隐藏文字"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145391\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
msgstr "在文档中要添加文字的位置点击。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 其他</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>功能</emph>」选项卡。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155325\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中点击「隐藏文字」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">条件</item>框中输入一条语句。例如，如果使用您以前定义的变量，则输入 <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153371\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
msgstr "在「<emph>隐藏文字</emph>」框中输入要隐藏的文字。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>和<item type=\"menuitem\">关闭</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
msgstr "隐藏段落"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154853\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
msgstr "在段落中要添加文字的位置点击鼠标。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 其他</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>功能</emph>」选项卡。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155902\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "点击「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中的「隐藏段落」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">条件</item>框中输入一条语句。例如，如果使用您以前定义的变量，则输入 <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149991\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>和<item type=\"menuitem\">关闭</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3793450\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
msgstr "必须通过从「<emph>视图 - 隐藏的段落</emph>」菜单中删除复选标记来启用此功能。设置复选标记后，将无法隐藏任何段落。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148675\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide a Section"
msgstr "隐藏区域"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
msgstr "选择要在文档中隐藏的文字。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153019\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 区域</emph>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148950\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">隐藏</item>区域中，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">隐藏</item>」，然后在「<item type=\"menuitem\">条件</item>」框中输入表达式。例如，如果使用您以前定义的变量，则输入 <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」。"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3846858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">显示隐藏文本</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id8148442\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">创建非打印文本</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Field - More Fields</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"插入 - 字段 - 其他\">插入 - 字段 - 其他</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147011\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"插入 - 区域\">插入 - 区域</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"运算符列表\">运算符列表</link>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
msgstr "显示隐藏文本"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>隐藏文本; 显示</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>显示; 隐藏文本</bookmark_value>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">显示隐藏文本</link></variable>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id5659962\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
msgstr "如果您有一个通过带变量的条件所定义的隐藏文本，有多种操作来显示隐藏文本。执行下列的操作之一:"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3152777\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>视图 - 隐藏的段落</emph>」中启用复选标记。"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3153902\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
msgstr "在用来定义隐藏文字条件的变量前双击，然后为该变数输入不同的值。"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
msgstr "在隐藏文字字段或隐藏段落字段前双击，然后修改条件语句。"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id1865901\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">隐藏文本</link>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3147029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"运算符列表\">运算符列表</link>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr "使用导航插入超链接"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>超链接; 通过导航插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 通过导航插入超链接</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>交叉引用; 通过导航插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>导航; 插入超链接</bookmark_value>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"使用导航插入超链接\">使用导航插入超链接</link></variable>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
msgstr "可以使用「导航」将交叉引用作为超链接插入到文档中，也可以交叉引用其他 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> 文档中的项。当该文档在「<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>」中打开时，如果点击超链接，就会转到交叉引用的项。"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "打开含有要交叉引用的项的文档。"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3148846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
msgstr "在「标准」栏上，点击「<emph>导航</emph>」图标。"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">拖动模式</item>」图标旁边的箭头，并确保已选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">作为超链接插入</item>」。"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "在「导航」底端的列表中，选择含有要交叉引用的项的文档。"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
msgstr "在「导航」列表中，点击要作为超链接插入的项旁边的加号。"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153133\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
msgstr "将该项拖到文档中要插入超链接的位置。"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
msgstr "该项的名称将作为带下划线的超链接插入到文档中。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
msgstr "防止对特定字词断词"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>断词; 禁止用于特定的字词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文字; 在文本中环绕/不环绕</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>关闭; 特定文字断词</bookmark_value>"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"防止对特定字词断词\">防止对特定字词断词</link></variable>"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id5640125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
msgstr "如果文本经过<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">自动断词</link>，且某些断词后的字词难以阅读，或者如果您希望特定字词不被断词，可以关闭这些字词的断词功能:"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3153634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>"
msgstr "选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - 语言设置 - 写作辅助</emph>」"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3153658\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>自定义词典</emph>列表中选择词典，然后点击<emph>编辑</emph>」。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3147125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
msgstr "如果列表是空白的，请点击<emph>新建</emph>创建词典。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3150218\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
msgstr "在「<emph>单词</emph>」框中，输入希望排除断词的字词，并以等号 (=) 结尾，例如「pretentious=」。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3150247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>新建</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3147036\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
msgstr "要快速将某个单词排除断词，请选择该词，然后选择「<emph>格式 - 字符</emph>」，点击「<emph>字体</emph>」选项卡，并在「<emph>语言</emph>」框中选择「无」。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262761\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
msgstr "某些单词包含特殊字符，%PRODUCTNAME 将其视为连字符处理。如果你不希望这类单词被断词，可在特殊字符的位置插入特殊代码以避免断词。过程如下:"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK."
msgstr "启用复杂的文本版式 (CTL) 语言的特定功能:  选择 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 选项</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - 语言设置 - 语言</item>然后选中「<emph>已为复杂的文本版式 (CTL) 启用</emph>」。点击「确认」。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262837\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
msgstr "将光标移动到断词不应发生的位置。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 格式标记 - 不间断不空格</item>」。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910572128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
msgstr "一旦插入了特殊字符，复杂文本版式(CTL)可能再次被禁用。仅在插入特殊字符时才有必要支持复杂文本版式(CTL)。"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3154361\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"文字流\">文字流</link>"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
msgstr "段落缩进"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>格式化; 段落缩进</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>缩进; 文本中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落; 缩进</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落中的悬挂式缩进</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落中的右缩进</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>多行文字; 缩进</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>更改; 缩进</bookmark_value>"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"hd_id129398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">段落缩进</link></variable>"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id5589159\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area."
msgstr "要修改度量单位，请选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 选项</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 常规</item>」，然后在「设置」区域选择一个新的度量单位。"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id9936216\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
msgstr "您可以修改当前段落、所有选中的段落或某个段落样式的缩进。"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id7953123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
msgstr "您也可以<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">使用标尺设置缩进</link>。要显示标尺，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">视图 - 标尺</item>」。"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id4013794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 段落 - 缩进与间距</item>」来修改当前段落或所有选中段落的缩进。您也可以<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">使用标尺设置缩进</link>。"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id1631824\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
msgstr "在段落上点击鼠标右键并选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑段落样式 - 缩进与间距</item>」，修改具有相同「段落样式」的所有段落的缩进。"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id7271645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number."
msgstr "根据左右页边距计算缩进。如果要将段落扩展至页边内，请输入一个负数。"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id2136295\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
msgstr "根据书写方向的不同，缩进也不同。例如，请查看从左向右书写的语言中的<item type=\"menuitem\">在文字之前</item>缩进值。段落的左边界根据左页边距进行缩进。在从右向左书写的语言中，段落的右边界根据右页边距进行缩进。"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id4186223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>."
msgstr "对于悬挂式缩进，在「<item type=\"menuitem\">在文本前</item>」中输入一个正数值，并在「<item type=\"menuitem\">第一行</item>」中输入一个负数值。"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id1491134\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">格式 - 段落 - 缩进与间距</link>"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr "编辑或删除索引与目录条目"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>索引; 编辑或删除条目</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>目录; 编辑或删除条目</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>删除; 索引/目录条目</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑; 目录/索引条目</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"编辑或删除索引与目录条目\">编辑或删除索引与目录条目</link></variable>"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> is selected."
msgstr "索引条目是作为字段插入文档中的。要在文档中查看这些字段，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">查看</item>」，并确保<item type=\"menuitem\">字段阴影</item>已选中。"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155507\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
msgstr "将光标置于文档中的索引条目之前。"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155526\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Reference - Index Entry...</emph>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "选择「<emph>编辑 - 引用 - 索引条目...</emph>」，并执行以下操作之一:"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3154238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
msgstr "要更改条目，请在「<emph>条目</emph>」框中输入不同的文本。"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "要移除条目，请点击「<emph>删除</emph>」。"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155893\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
msgstr "要在文档中的索引条目之间循环，请在<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"编辑索引条目对话框\">「<emph>编辑索引条目</emph>」对话框</link>中点击「下一个」或「上一个」箭头按钮。"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr "更新、编辑和删除索引与目录"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>索引; 编辑/更新/删除</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>目录; 编辑和删除</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>更新; 索引/目录</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑; 索引/目录</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>删除; 索引/目录</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"更新、编辑和删除索引与目录\">更新、编辑和删除索引与目录</link></variable>"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
msgstr "将光标置于索引或目录中。"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable cursor</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Protected Areas</item> section."
msgstr "如果无法将光标置于索引或目录中，请选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 选项</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</item>」，然后在「<item type=\"menuitem\">保护区域</item>那边选择<item type=\"menuitem\">启用光标</item>」。"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
msgstr "点击鼠标右键，然后从菜单中选择编辑选项。"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Type</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box."
msgstr "您也可以直接对索引或目录进行修改。在索引或目录中点击鼠标右键，选择「<emph>编辑索引/目录</emph>」，点击「<emph>类型</emph>」选项卡，然后清除「<emph>防止手动修改</emph>」复选框。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "定义索引或目录条目"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>索引; 定义条目</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>目录; 定义条目</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>条目; 定义索引/目录</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"定义索引或目录条目\">定义索引或目录条目</link></variable>"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155862\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
msgstr "定义索引条目"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3156380\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
msgstr "点击某个字词，或者在文档中选择要用作索引条目的字词。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</item>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 目录与索引 - 索引条目</item>」，并执行以下操作之一:"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
msgstr "要更改索引中出现的文本，请在「<emph>条目</emph>」框输入您想要的文本。您输入的文本不会替代文档中选中的文本。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>."
msgstr "要将索引标记添加到文档中类似单词处，请选择「<emph>应用到所有相似文本</emph>」。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "要向自定义索引中添加条目，请点击「<emph>新建用户定义索引</emph>」图标，输入索引名称并点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "定义目录条目"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147132\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
msgstr "生成目录的最佳方式是: 对目录要包含的段落应用预设的标题段落样式 (如「标题 1」)。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150230\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
msgstr "将自定义段落样式用作目录条目"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 章节编号</item>」，然后点击「<emph>编号</emph>」选项卡。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr "在「<emph>段落样式</emph>」框中，选择要包含在目录中的段落样式。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150523\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
msgstr "在「<emph>级别</emph>」列表中，点击要对段落样式应用的层次结构级别。"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153730\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。现在，您可以对文档中的各个标题应用该样式，并将这些标题包含在目录中。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr "格式化索引或目录"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>索引; 格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑; 索引格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>目录; 格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>条目; 在目录中, 作为超链接</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>目录; 超链接作为条目</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>超链接; 在目录与索引中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式; 索引与目录</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"索引或目录格式\">索引或目录格式</link></variable>"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3154259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
msgstr "在「<emph>插入索引</emph>」对话框中，您可以应用不同的段落样式，向条目指定超链接，修改索引的版式，以及修改索引的背景颜色。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
msgstr "在索引级别中应用不同的段落样式"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "在索引或目录中点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>编辑索引/目录</emph>」。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>样式</emph>」选项卡。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150229\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr "点击「<emph>级别</emph>」列表中的级。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150934\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list."
msgstr "在「<emph>段落样式</emph>」列表中，点击要应用的样式。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
msgstr "点击指定按钮「<emph><</emph>」。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146878\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
msgstr "向目录中的条目指定超链接"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3146890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
msgstr "可以将交叉引用作为超链接指定给目录中的条目。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150712\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "在目录中点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>编辑索引/目录</emph>」。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150738\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>条目</emph>」选项卡。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3148399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">级别</item>」列表中，点击要指定超链接的标题级别。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3148424\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>结构</emph>区域中，点击「<emph>E#</emph>」前面的框，然后点击<emph>超链接</emph>」。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3153171\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>E</emph> 后面的框中点击鼠标，然后点击<emph>超链接</emph>」。"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147060\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
msgstr "对要创建超链接的每个标题级别重复上述步骤，或点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">所有</item>」按钮，对所有级别应用格式。"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr "创建字母顺序索引"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>语汇索引文件; 索引</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>索引; 字母顺序索引</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字母顺序索引</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"创建字母顺序索引\">创建字母顺序索引</link></variable>"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "在文档中要插入索引的位置点击。"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 目录、索引或参考文献</emph>」。"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3155884\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Type</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」选项卡的「<emph>类型</emph>」框中选择「字母顺序索引」。"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
msgstr "如果您要使用语汇索引文件，则选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">选项</item>区域中的<item type=\"menuitem\">语汇索引文件</item>」，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">文件</item>」按钮，然后找到现有文件或新建一个对应文件。"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab."
msgstr "在此对话框的各选项卡中，设置索引的格式选项。例如，要想在索引中使用单字母标题，请点击「<emph>条目</emph>」选项卡，然后选择「<emph>字母顺序分隔符</emph>」。要修改索引中各个级别的格式，请点击「<emph>样式</emph>」选项卡。"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150946\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150502\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "要更新索引，请在索引上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>更新索引/目录</emph>」。"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3152760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"创建索引文件\">创建索引文件</link>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr "创建参考文献"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>索引;创建参考文献</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>数据库;创建参考文献</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>参考文献</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>条目;参考文献</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>存储参考文献信息</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"创建参考文献\">创建参考文献</link></variable>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
msgstr "参考文献是您在文档中引用的著作的列表。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
msgstr "存储参考文献信息"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
msgstr "在 $[officename] 中，参考文献信息存储在参考文献数据库或各文档中。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "将信息存储在参考文献数据库中"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
msgstr "选择「<link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"工具 - 参考文献数据库\"><emph>工具 - 参考文献数据库</emph></link>」"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155900\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 记录</emph>」。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">简称</item>」框中输入参考文献条目的名称，并在其余框中添加该记录的其他信息。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window."
msgstr "关闭「<item type=\"menuitem\">文献数据库</item>」窗口。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
msgstr "将参考文献信息储存在单个文档中"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150945\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "在文档中要添加文献条目的位置点击。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
msgstr "选择「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"插入 - 目录与索引 - 参考文献条目\"><emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 参考文献条目</emph></link>」。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>使用文档内容</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>新建</emph>」。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153738\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">简称</item>」框中输入参考文献条目的名称。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153763\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」框中选择记录的出版物来源，然后在其余的框中添加其他信息。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3146873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3146897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入参考文献条目</item>」对话框中，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">关闭</item>」。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150741\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "从参考文献数据库插入参考文献条目"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3148402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "在文档中要添加文献条目的位置点击。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3148421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 参考文献条目</emph>」。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>使用文献数据库</emph>」。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147059\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">简称</item>」框中选择希望插入的参考文献条目的名称。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147085\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3156060\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"文献数据库\">文献数据库</link>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id6367076\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
msgstr "存在一些外部工具，可以用于与 %PRODUCTNAME 进行交互。有一个被称为<link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>的例子。"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr "覆盖多个文档的索引"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>索引; 多个文档</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>多个文档; 索引</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>合并; 索引</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>主控文档; 索引</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"覆盖多个文档的索引\">覆盖多个文档的索引</link></variable>"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
msgstr "您可以通过以下几种方法创建覆盖多个文档的索引:"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
msgstr "首先创建<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"每个文档中的索引\">每个文档中的索引</link>，再将这些索引复制并粘贴到一个独立的文档中，然后再对它们进行编辑。"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3147118\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose               <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section."
msgstr "选择每个索引，选择「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 区域</item></link>」，然后输入索引的名称。在单独的文档中，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 区域</item>」，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">链接</item>」，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">浏览</item>」按钮，然后找到已命名的索引区域并将其插入。"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150230\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr "创建<link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"主控文档\">主控文档</link>，将您希望包含在索引中的文件作为子文档添加，然后选择「<emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 目录、索引或参考文献</emph>」。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr "创建目录"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>目录; 创建和更新</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>更新; 目录</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"创建目录\">创建目录</link></variable>"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150942\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
msgstr "生成目录的最佳方式是: 对要包括在目录的段落应用预设的标题段落样式 (如「标题 1」)。应用这些样式之后，就可以开始创建目录。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id5876949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
msgstr "插入目录"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
msgstr "在文档中要创建目录的位置点击。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150528\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>Type</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 目录、索引或参考文献</emph>」，然后点击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>类型</emph></link>」选项卡。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153746\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」框中选择「目录」。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "选择所需的其他选项。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style."
msgstr "如果您希望目录条目使用不同的段落样式，请在「<item type=\"menuitem\">创建来源</item>」区域选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">其他样式</item>」复选框，然后点击该复选框旁边的「<item type=\"menuitem\">指定样式</item>」按钮。在「<item type=\"menuitem\">指定样式</item>」对话框中，点击列表中的样式，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">>></item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item>」按钮来为段落样式。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153148\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
msgstr "更新目录"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153161\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "在目录中点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>更新索引/目录</emph>」。"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3147066\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 更新 - 所有索引与目录</emph>」。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr "自定义索引"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>索引; 创建用户定义的索引</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>用户定义的索引</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"自定义索引\">自定义索引</link></variable>"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
msgstr "您可以根据需要创建任意多个自定义索引。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
msgstr "创建用户定义的索引"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
msgstr "选择要添加到自定义索引中的字词。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 索引条目</emph>」。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> box."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">索引</item>框旁边的<item type=\"menuitem\">新建使用者自定目录</item>」按钮。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">名称</item>框中输入索引的名称，然后点击<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」将选中单词添加到新索引中。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3147139\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
msgstr "插入用户定义的索引"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "在文档中要插入索引的位置点击。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150952\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 目录、索引或参考文献</emph>」。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150509\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」选项卡中，选择您在「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」框中创建的用户定义索引的名称。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3146881\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "选择所需的其他选项。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3146897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150720\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style."
msgstr "如果您希望目录条目使用不同的段落样式，则选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">其他样式</item>」，然后点击该框旁边的「<item type=\"menuitem\">指定样式</item>」按钮。点击列表中的样式，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">>></item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item>」按钮来为段落样式定义章节级别。"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr "在页面顶部的表格之前插入文字"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格;文档的起始/结束位置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落;在表格之前/之后插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入;段落在表格之前/之后</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"在页面顶部的表格之前插入文字\">在页面顶部的表格之前插入文字</link></variable>"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"par_id3155923\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
msgstr "如果希望在页面顶部的表格之前插入文字，请点击表格的第一个单元格，在单元格内任何内容之前，按下「<item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item>」键或「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>」键。"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"par_idN10612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
msgstr "要在文档末尾的表格之后插入文字，请前往表格的最后一个单元格，然后按下「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>」键。"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr "插入图形"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 插入图片</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图像; 在文本中插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 图片</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图片; 插入选项</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"插入图形\">插入图形</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"par_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
msgstr "有多种方式可以将图形对象插入到文本文档中。"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr "从文件中插入图形"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>图片; 通过对话框插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 图片, 通过对话框</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"从文件中插入图形\">从文件中插入图形</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155914\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
msgstr "在文档中要插入图形的位置点击。"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Image - From File\"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>."
msgstr "选择<link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"插入 - 图片 - 来自文件\"><emph>插入 - 图片 - 来自文件</emph></link>。"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156021\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "找到要插入的图形文件，然后点击「<emph>打开</emph>」。"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
msgstr "默认情况下，插入的图形会在您点击的段落上方居中放置。"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr "将 Calc 图表插入文本文档"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"bm_id3152999\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>图表; 从 Calc 复制到 Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>复制; $[officename] Calc 中的图表</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本文档; 插入 Calc 图表</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152999\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"在文本文档中插入 Calc 图表\">在文本文档中插入 Calc 图表</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3155890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
msgstr "还可以插入图表的副本，当修改电子表格中的图表数据时，此副本不会更新。"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3149054\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
msgstr "打开要复制图表的文本文档。"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
msgstr "打开含有要复制的图表的电子表格。"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
msgstr "请点击以选中图表。被选中的图表具有 8 个控点。"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
msgstr "将图表从电子表格拖到文本文档中。"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3145102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
msgstr "您可以像处理其他对象一样，在文字文档中修改图表的大小以及移动图表。要编辑图表数据，请双击图表。"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
msgstr "从 $[officename] Draw 或 Impress 插入图形"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 从 Draw 插入图片</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图片; 从 Draw 插入</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"插入 $[officename] Draw 或 Impress 图形\">插入 $[officename] Draw 或 Impress 图形</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "打开要插入对象的文档。"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
msgstr "打开含有要复制的对象的 Draw 或 Impress 文档。"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment."
msgstr "按住「<item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item>」键，然后点击并按住对象片刻。"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "拖到要插入此对象的文档。"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr "使用拖放功能从图库插入图形"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>插入; 从图库到文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图片; 从图库插入到文本中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>替换; 图库中的对象</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"使用拖放从图库插入图形\">使用拖放从图库插入图形</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
msgstr "可以将对象从图库拖放到文本文档、电子表格、绘图或演示文稿中。"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"par_id3155923\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
msgstr "要替换插入到文档中的图库对象，请按住 Shift+Ctrl 键，然后将不同的图库对象拖到该对象上。"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr "插入扫描图像"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>插入; 扫描图像</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图片; 扫描</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>扫描图片</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"插入扫描图像\">插入扫描图像</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
msgstr "要插入扫描的图像，则扫描仪必须已连接到系统，并且必须已经安装扫描仪软件驱动程序。"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">扫描仪必须支持 TWAIN 标准。</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">扫描仪必须支持 SANE 标准。</caseinline></switchinline>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
msgstr "在文档中要插入扫描图像的位置点击。"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Media - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
msgstr "选择<link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Media - Scan\">「<emph>插入 - 图片 - 扫描</emph></link>」，然后从子菜单中选择扫描源。"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
msgstr "按照扫描指导执行操作。"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr "修改编号列表和项目符号列表的大纲级别"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>制表位; 插入到列表中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编号; 修改级别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>列表; 修改级别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>级别; 修改大纲级别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>项目符号列表; 修改级别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>降低大纲级别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>提高大纲级别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>修改; 大纲级别</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"修改编号列表和项目符号列表的大纲级别\">修改编号列表和项目符号列表的大纲级别</link></variable>"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
msgstr "要将带编号或项目符号的段落降低一个大纲级别，请在段落的起始位置点击，然后按 Tab 键。"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
msgstr "要将带编号或项目符号的段落提高一个大纲级别，请在段落的起始位置点击，然后按 Shift+Tab 键。"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
msgstr "要在编号或项目符号与段落文字之间插入制表符，请在段落的起始位置点击，然后按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令 </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab 键。"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr "合并编号列表"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150495\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>编号; 组合</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>合并;编号列表</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>连接;编号列表</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>列表;组合编号列表</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落;编号非连续</bookmark_value>"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150495\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"合并编号列表\">合并编号列表</link></variable>"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
msgstr "可以将多个编号列表合并成含有连续编号的一个列表。"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149452\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
msgstr "合并连续编号的列表"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3154479\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
msgstr "选择各个列表中的所有段落。"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式化</item>」栏中，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">显示/隐藏编号</item>」图标两次。"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
msgstr "从不连续的段落创建编号列表:"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
msgstr "按住 Ctrl 键，并在第一个编号段落中拖动选择。只需选择一个字符即可。"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
msgstr "继续按住 Ctrl 键，并在列表中每一个要合并的编号段落中拖动选择。"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3145102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式化</item>」栏中，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">显示/隐藏编号</item>」图标两次。"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr "转到特定书签"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>书签; 定位光标</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>跳转; 到书签</bookmark_value>"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"转到特定书签\">转到特定书签</link></variable>"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark."
msgstr "要移到文档中特定书签的位置，<switchinline select=\"sys\"> <caseinline select=\"MAC\">请按住 Ctrl 键，并点击 </caseinline> <defaultinline>用鼠标右击 </defaultinline> </switchinline><emph>状态栏</emph> 上的「<emph>页面</emph>」字段，然后选择书签。"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"插入书签\">插入书签</link>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr "使用快捷键 ($[officename] Writer 辅助功能)"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"bm_id3151169\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>键盘; 辅助功能 $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>辅助功能; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151169\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"使用快捷键 ($[officename] Writer 辅助功能) \">使用快捷键 ($[officename] Writer 辅助功能) </link></variable>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3149685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table."
msgstr "按「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<带下划线的字符>」组合键以打开菜单。在打开的菜单中，按带下划线的字符便可以运行该命令。例如，按「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I」组合键可以打开「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」菜单，然后按「T」键可以插入表格。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
msgstr "要打开右键菜单，请按 Shift+F10 键。要关闭右键菜单，请按 Esc 键。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Sections"
msgstr "插入区域"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_idN106AA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 工具栏 - 插入</emph>」打开「<emph>插入</emph>」工具栏。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar."
msgstr "按 F6 键，直到光标移到「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」工具栏上。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3149630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr "按向右键，直到选中「<emph>段落</emph>」图标。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3145100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "按向下键，然后按向右键设置要插入区域的宽度。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156237\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "按 Enter 键。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156253\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "按下 F6 键可将光标置于文档之中。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153367\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
msgstr "插入文本表格"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar."
msgstr "按 F6 键，直到光标移到「<item type=\"menuitem\">标准</item>」工具栏上。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3154849\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr "按向右键，直到选中「<emph>表格</emph>」图标。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
msgstr "按向下箭头键，然后使用箭头键来选择表格中包含的列数和行数。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155892\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "按 Enter 键。"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "按下 F6 键可将光标置于文档之中。"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr "使用其他文档或模板中的样式"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>格式样式; 导入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>样式; 从其他文件导入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>导入; 其他文件样式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>加载; 其他文件样式</bookmark_value>"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"使用其他文档或模板中的样式\">使用其他文档或模板中的样式</link></variable>"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
msgstr "还可以将其他文档或模板样式导入当前文档中。"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id731529889382463\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the <emph>Load Styles</emph> dialog box by either"
msgstr "可以通过以下方式打开「<emph>载入样式</emph>」对话框"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3155910\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> or"
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」或"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id441529889103330\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/00/stylesmenu.xhp#sms\" markup=\"keep\"/> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> sidebar deck."
msgstr "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/00/stylesmenu.xhp#sms\" markup=\"keep\"/>打开<emph>样式</emph>侧边栏窗格。"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_idN10703\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu."
msgstr "点击「<emph>选中的新样式</emph>」图标旁边的箭头以打开子菜单。"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
msgstr "使用对话框底部的复选框选择要导入的样式类型。要替换当前文档中与导入样式同名的样式，请选择「<emph>改写</emph>」。"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>分类</emph>」列表中的条目，然后在「<emph>模板</emph>」列表点击含有您想要使用的样式的模板，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>来自文件</emph>」，定位到含有您想要样式的文件，然后点击名称，然后点击「<emph>打开</emph>」。"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
msgstr "$[officename] Writer 使用说明"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; 说明</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>说明; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">$[officename] Writer 使用说明</link></variable>"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155156\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "文本输入和格式化"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "自动文本输入和自动格式"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150742\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
msgstr "使用样式，页面编号，使用字段"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
msgstr "在文本文档中编辑表格"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155590\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
msgstr "图像，绘图，剪贴画，艺术字"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
msgstr "目录, 索引"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150427\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
msgstr "标题、编号类型"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154464\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
msgstr "页眉，页脚，脚注"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152948\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
msgstr "编辑文本文档中的其他对象"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154324\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
msgstr "拼写检查，词典，断词规则"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145673\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
msgstr "套印信函 (Form Letters), 标签，商务名片"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145730\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Working with Documents"
msgstr "文档处理"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156315\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "其它问题"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr "文本文档中的导航器"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>导航; 文本摘要</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>超链接; 跳转至</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>对象; 快速移至，在文本中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>边框; 跳转至</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 跳转至</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>标题; 跳转至</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面; 跳转至</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>跳转; 至文本元素</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>摘要; 文本文档中的导航</bookmark_value>"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">文本文档中的导航器</link></variable>"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
msgstr "导航器中以大纲的形式显示了文档的各个部分，例如标题、表格、框架、对象以及超链接。"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3154247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
msgstr "要打开「<emph>导航器</emph>」，请按 F5 键。"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155878\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
msgstr "要快速跳转到文档中的某个位置，请双击「<emph>导航</emph>」窗口中列出的项，或者在数值调节框中输入相应的页码。"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3147108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
msgstr "创建非打印文本"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>非打印文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本; 非打印</bookmark_value>"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">创建非打印文本</link></variable>"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id4685201\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
msgstr "要创建非打印的文本，执行以下操作:"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149789\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 框架</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
msgstr "在框中输入文字，并根据需要调整框的大小。"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 框架与对象 - 属性</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">选项</item>」选项卡。"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
msgstr "在「<emph>属性</emph>」区域中，清除「<emph>打印</emph>」复选框。"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150320\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3138828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">隐藏文本</link>"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr "打开或关闭表格中的数字识别"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>编号; 文本表格中的自动识别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 数字识别</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>日期; 表格中的自动格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>识别; 数字</bookmark_value>"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"关闭或打开表格中的数字识别\">关闭或打开表格中的数字识别</link></variable>"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
msgstr "$[officename] 会根据操作系统中指定的区域设置自动套用在表格中输入的日期格式。"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3149966\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command."
msgstr "右击表格单元格，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">数字识别</item>」。启用此功能时，选中标记会显示在「<item type=\"menuitem\">数字识别</item>」命令的前面。"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box."
msgstr "选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 表格</item>」，然后选择或清除「<item type=\"menuitem\">数字识别</item>」复选框。"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 表格</link>"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr "定义编号范围"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>编号; 引文/类似项</bookmark_value>"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"定义编号范围\">定义编号范围</link></variable>"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
msgstr "可以为文档中类似的项 (如引文) 自动编号。"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
msgstr "输入要对其指定编号的文字，例如「引文编号」。"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155048\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 字段 - 其他</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">变量</item>」选项卡。"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」列表中的「编号顺序」。"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">名称</item>」框中输入「Quotation」。"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3153387\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
msgstr "在「<emph>值</emph>」框中输入数字，或者留空使用自动编号。"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box."
msgstr "在「<emph>级别</emph>」框中选择您想要重新开始编号的边框级别。"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr "添加行编号"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>行号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本; 行号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落; 行号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本行; 编号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编号; 行</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编号; 行编号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本页面上页边的编号</bookmark_value>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"加入行编号\">加入行编号</link></variable>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
msgstr "$[officename] 可以在整个文档或文档中选中的段落中插入行号。打印文档时包括行号。可以设置行号间距、起始行编号以及是否计算空行或框架中的行。也可以在行编号之间添加分隔符。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id7184972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr "行号在 HTML 格式中不可用。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
msgstr "对整个文档添加行编号"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 行编号</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want."
msgstr "选择「<emph>显示编号</emph>」，然后选择所需的选项。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3145101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
msgstr "只对特定段落添加行编号"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3156264\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 行编号</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153385\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>显示编号</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "按「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline>」键打开「<emph>样式</emph>」窗口， 然后点击「<emph>段落样式</emph>」图标。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3154853\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在「默认」段落样式中点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150222\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "所有的段落样式都以「默认」样式为基础。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>大纲 & 编号</emph>」选项卡。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">行编号</item>」区域中，取消选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">包括这个段落的行</item>」复选框。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3151077\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
msgstr "选择要添加行编号的段落。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3151096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 段落</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">大纲 & 编号</item>」选项卡。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153733\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>在行编号中包括此段落</emph>」复选框。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3146864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
msgstr "也可以创建包括行编号的段落样式，并将其应用到要加入行编号的段落中。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146880\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
msgstr "指定起始行编号"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150703\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
msgstr "在段落中点击。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150721\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 段落</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">大纲 & 编号</item>」选项卡。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3148389\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
msgstr "选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">包括这个段落的行</item>」复选框。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3148414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box."
msgstr "选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">在这个段落处重新开始</item>」复选框。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">开始从</item>」框中输入行编号。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153804\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153934\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"工具 - 行编号\">工具 - 行编号</link>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"格式 - 段落 - 编号\">格式 - 段落 - 编号</link>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id2212591\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\" name=\"wiki.documentfoundation.org Setting up a Style for Numbering Lines in Code Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\" name=\"wiki.documentfoundation.org Setting up a Style for Numbering Lines in Code Listings\">关于使用样式为段落编号的 wiki 页面</link>"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr "修改编号列表中的编号"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>编号; 移除/中断</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>项目符号; 中断</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>列表;移除/中断编号</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>删除;列表中的编号</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>中断列表编号</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>更改;列表的起始编号</bookmark_value>"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"修改编号列表中的编号\">修改编号列表中的编号</link></variable>"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3145092\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
msgstr "在编号列表中，您可以删除段落的编号，或者修改编号列表的起始编号。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id2172612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr "如果要对标题进行编号，请使用「<emph>工具 - 章节编号</emph>」菜单命令为段落样式指定编号。请不要使用「格式」工具栏上的「编号」图标。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
msgstr "删除编号列表中段落的编号"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3156248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
msgstr "在要删除编号的段落的第一个字符之前点击。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3153366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3153390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
msgstr "要在保留段落缩进的同时移除数字，请按「退格」键。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
msgstr "要同时移除数字与段落缩进，请点击「<emph>格式</emph>」工具栏的「<emph>编号开/关</emph>」图标。如果您以 HTML 格式保存文档，将为当前段落后的已编号段落创建单独的编号列表。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
msgstr "修改编号列表的起始编号"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3155877\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
msgstr "点击编号列表中的任意位置。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 项目符号与编号</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>选项</emph>」选项卡。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3148691\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start at</item> box."
msgstr "请在「<item type=\"menuitem\">起始</item>」框中输入希望列表开始编号的数字。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3147116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id6943571\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\" name=\"wiki.documentfoundation.org Setting up a Style for Numbering Lines in Code Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\" name=\"wiki.documentfoundation.org Setting up a Style for Numbering Lines in Code Listings\">关于使用样式为段落编号的 wiki 页面</link>"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr "插入和删除分页符"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>分页符; 插入和删除</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 分页符</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>删除;分页符</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页; 插入/删除分页符</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>手动分页符</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 先删除分页符</bookmark_value>"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"插入和删除分页符\">插入和删除分页符</link></variable>"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
msgstr "插入手动分页符"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
msgstr "在文档中要开始新页的位置点击。"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
msgstr "点击 Ctrl+Enter 键。"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
msgstr "删除手动分页符"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
msgstr "在手动分页之后的页面上的第一个字符前点击。"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3149608\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Backspace."
msgstr "按「退格」键。"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
msgstr "删除出现在表格前的手动分页符"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3145111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
msgstr "在表格中点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>表格</emph>」。"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3156254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "点击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"文字流\"><emph>文字流</emph></link>」选项卡。"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153380\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
msgstr "清除「<emph>分页</emph>」复选框。"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3154249\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"插入换行符对话框\">插入换行符对话框</link>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
msgstr "修改页面背景"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"bm_id8431653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页面样式; 背景</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>背景; 不同页面</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>修改; 页面背景</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面; 背景</bookmark_value>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN107F4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">修改页面背景</link></variable>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
msgstr "$[officename] 使用页面样式指定文档中页面的背景。例如，要将文档中的一页或多页的页面背景修改为水印，则需要用水印背景来创建一个页面样式，然后将该样式应用到所需页面。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
msgstr "要修改页面背景"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10827\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1082F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "点击「<emph>页面样式</emph>」图标。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10837\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "在页面样式列表中，右击其中一项，然后选择「<emph>新建</emph>」。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1083F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr "在「<emph>管理器</emph>」选项卡页面中的「<emph>名称</emph>」框内输入页面样式的名称。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1084B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
msgstr "在「<emph>下一个样式</emph>」框中，选择要应用到下一页面的页面样式。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
msgstr "要仅对单个页面应用新页面样式，请选择「默认」。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
msgstr "要对全部后续页面应用新页面样式，请选择新页面样式的名称。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1085F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>背景</emph>」选项卡。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page."
msgstr "在顶部的列表框中，选择纯色还是图形。然后从选项卡页面选择所需选项。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1086B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1087A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
msgstr "要修改文档中所有页面的页面背景"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1087E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "开始修改前，应确保已经用页面背景创建了一个页面样式。请参阅<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">要修改页面背景</link>以获得详细信息。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10892\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1089A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "点击「<emph>页面样式</emph>」图标。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
msgstr "双击已应用所需页面背景的页面样式。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
msgstr "要在同一文档中使用不同的页面背景"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "开始修改前，应确保已经用页面背景创建了一个页面样式。请参阅<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">要修改页面背景</link>以获得详细信息。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108BD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
msgstr "在要修改页面背景的段落的第一个字符前点击鼠标。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108C1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 手动分页</emph>」。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108C9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>分页</emph>」。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">样式</item>」框中，选择使用页面背景的页面样式。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108DB\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
msgstr "要仅更改当前页面的背景，请选择下一样式选项设为「默认」的页面样式。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108DF\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
msgstr "要更改当前页面及全部后续页面的背景，请选择下一样式选项设为页面样式名称的页面样式。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108E2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
msgstr "如果稍后要修改文档的页面背景，请重复步骤 1 到步骤 3。"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108E8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Page Numbers"
msgstr "页码"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"bm_id5918759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页码;插入/定义/设置格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面样式;页码</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>起始页码</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>设置格式;页码</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定义;起始页码</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入;页码</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>样式; 页码</bookmark_value>"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id413830\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">页码</link></variable>"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1617175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
msgstr "在 Writer 中，页码是一个可插入到文本中的字段。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id6091494\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
msgstr "插入页码"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id8611102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 页码</emph>」以在当前光标位置插入页码。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6604510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>."
msgstr "如果看到文本「页码」而不是数字，请选择「<emph>视图 - 字段名称</emph>」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2678914\n"
"help.text"
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
msgstr "但是，在添加或删除文本时，这些字段将改变位置。因此，最好将页码字段插入到页眉或页脚中，它将重复出现在每个页面上的相同位置。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id614642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页眉 - (页面样式名称) </item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 页眉与页脚 - 页脚 - (页面样式名称) </item>」可为所有使用当前页面样式的页面添加页眉或页脚。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id2551652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
msgstr "以定义的页码开头"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6111941\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
msgstr "现在，您需要获得对页码的一些其他控制。您将编写一个应该从页码 12 开始的文本文档。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id5757621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
msgstr "点击文档的第一个段落。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2632831\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 段落 - 文字流</emph>」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4395275\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "在「换行符」区域，启用「<emph>插入</emph>」。启用「<emph>使用页面样式</emph>」以便设置新的「<emph>页码</emph>」。点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1654408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
msgstr "新页码是页面的第一个段落的属性。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id7519150\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
msgstr "设置页码样式的格式"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id9029206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
msgstr "您需要以下格式的罗马数字页码: i、ii、iii、iv 等等。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3032319\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog."
msgstr "直接在页码字段前面双击。将会看到「<emph>编辑字段</emph>」对话框。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id9139378\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "选择一种数字格式，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id5051728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
msgstr "使用不同的页码样式"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1558885\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
msgstr "您需要某些使用罗马数字编号样式的页面，后跟采用其他样式的页面。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1541184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
msgstr "在 Writer 中，您需要不同的页面样式。第一种页面样式的页脚包含设置为罗马数字格式的页码字段。后面的页面样式的页脚包含设置为其他样式的页码字段。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id18616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
msgstr "这两种页面样式必须用分页符进行分隔。在 Writer 中，您可以采用自动分页符以及手动插入分页符。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6138492\n"
"help.text"
msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
msgstr "当页面样式具有不同的「下一个样式」，将在页面结尾显示「<emph>自动分页符</emph>」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4569231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
msgstr "例如，「首页」页面样式将「默认」作为下一个样式。要看到这种效果，您可以按「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline>」以打开「<item type=\"menuitem\">样式</item>」窗口，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">页面样式</item>」图标，右击「首页」条目。从右键菜单中选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">修改</item>」。在「<item type=\"menuitem\">管理</item>」选项卡上，您可以看到「下一个样式」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id291451\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
msgstr "可以应用「<emph>手动插入的分页符</emph>」，页面样式可以修改也可以不修改。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3341776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
msgstr "如果您只按「<item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>」键，则会应用分页符而不修改样式。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id5947141\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
msgstr "如果选择「<emph>插入 - 手动分页符</emph>」，您可以插入分页符，样式或页码可以修改也可以不修改。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1911679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
msgstr "这取决于文档最适于: 使用在页面样式之间手动插入的分页符，还是使用自动修改。如果只需要一个样式与其他页面不同的标题页面，则可以使用自动方法:"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id9364909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
msgstr "为首页应用不同的页面样式"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4473403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
msgstr "点击文档的首页。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4313791\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4331797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Styles</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "在「<emph>样式</emph>」窗口中，点击「<emph>页面样式</emph>」图标。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4191717\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
msgstr "双击「首页」样式。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2318796\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "现在，标题页面具有「首页」样式，后续的页面自动具有「默认」样式。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id399182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page style only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
msgstr "例如，您现在可以仅为「默认」页面样式插入页脚，或者在两种页面样式内插入页脚，但页脚具有不同格式的页码字段。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id5298318\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
msgstr "应用手动插入的页面样式修改"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id7588732\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
msgstr "点击将应用不同页面样式的页面上的第一个段落的开头。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id95828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 手动分隔符</emph>」。将会看到「<emph>插入分隔符</emph>」对话框。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3496200\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">样式</item>列表框中，选择一种页面样式。也可以设置新页码。点击<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id7599108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
msgstr "将从当前段落到下一个具有样式的分页符之间使用选中的页面样式。您可能需要先创建新的「页面样式」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
msgstr "修改页面方向 (横向或纵向)"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"bm_id9683828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页面样式; 方向/范围</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面格式; 更改单个页面</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式; 更改单个页面</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>纵向和横向</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>横向和纵向</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>打印; 纵向/横向格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面方向</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>纸张方向</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面; 方向</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面的侧面方向</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面样式的作用范围</bookmark_value>"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN106FF\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">修改页面方向</link></variable>"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6418042\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages."
msgstr "Writer 文本文档的所有页面属性由页面样式定义，例如页面的方向。默认情况下，一个新的文本文档为所有页面采用「默认」页面样式。如果您打开一个已有的文本文档，不同的页面也许应用了不同的页面样式。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id8324533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
msgstr "重要的是，您应用到页面属性的更改将只会影响使用当前页面样式的页面。当前页面样式会显示在窗口底部边框的「状态栏」上。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7524033\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
msgstr "改变所有页面的页面方向"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6307260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
msgstr "如果您的文本文档只存在相同的一个页面样式，您可以直接改变页面属性:"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id5256508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 页面</emph>」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id9681997\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>页</emph>」选项卡。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7994323\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">纸张格式</item>」下，选择「纵向」或「横向」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7069002\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id4202398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
msgstr "仅为某些页面更改页面方向"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text."
msgstr "在文档中，$[officename] 使用页面样式来指定页面的方向。页面样式定义了多个页面属性，例如页眉、页脚或页边距。您可以为当前文档改变「默认」页面样式，也可以定义自己的页面样式并将其应用到文本的任意部分。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1449324\n"
"help.text"
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
msgstr "在帮助页面的结束位置，我们将详细讨论页面样式的作用范围。如果您不确定页面样式的概念，请阅读这个页面结束位置的段落。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1480758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
msgstr "不同于字符样式或段落样式，页面样式不分辨层次结构。您可以基于一个已有页面样式的属性创建一个新的页面样式，但当您后来更改源样式，新的页面样式并不会自动继承这些变化。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2962126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
msgstr "要同时改变多个风格一致的页面的方向，您首先需要一个页面样式，然后应用那个样式:"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10727\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10741\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "点击「<emph>页面样式</emph>」图标。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10749\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
msgstr "在一个页面样式上，点击鼠标右键，并选择「<emph>新建</emph>」。该新页面样式立刻获得所选页面样式的全部属性。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10751\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
msgstr "在「<emph>管理器</emph>」选项卡页面的「<emph>名称</emph>」框中，输入页面样式的名称，例如，「My Landscape」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1075D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
msgstr "在「<emph>下一个样式</emph>」列表框中，选择想要应用到下一页的页面样式，后续页面将应用新的样式。请参阅帮助页面结束位置关于页面样式的作用范围的段落。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>页</emph>」选项卡。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1077D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">纸张格式</item>」下，选择「纵向」或「横向」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN108AE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1658375\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
msgstr "现在，您已经定义了一个名为 \"My Landscape\" 的属性页面样式。要应用新的样式，请在「<emph>样式</emph>」窗口中双击 \"My Landscape\" 页面样式。在当前页面样式作用范围内的所有页面都将改变。如果您将「下一个样式」定义为不同样式，只有当前页面样式作用范围内的第一页会被改变。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id6082949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
msgstr "页面样式的作用范围"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2858668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
msgstr "要注意在 %PRODUCTNAME 中页面样式的作用范围。文本文档的哪些页面在编辑页面样式时会受到影响呢？"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id3278603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
msgstr "单页样式"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id5169225\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
msgstr "一个页面样式可以定义为仅涵盖一个页面。「首页」样式就是一个例子。您可以在「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 页面 - 管理</item>」选项卡页面中通过将另一个页面样式定义为「下一个样式」样式来设置该属性。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6670125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
msgstr "单页长样式从当前页面样式区域的下边框开始，直到下一个分页符。当文字流延续到下一页时，下一个分页符会自动显示，有时候这被称为「软分页符」。您还可以插入手动分页符。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2118594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
msgstr "要在光标位置插入一个手动分页符，按「<item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>」或者选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 手动换行</item>」然后点击「确定」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id166020\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
msgstr "手动定义页面样式的区域"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6386913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 页面 - 管理</item>」选项卡页面中，「默认」页面样式没有设置不同的「下一个样式」。或者说，「下一个样式」也设置为「默认」。采用相同页面样式的所有页码样式都能够涵盖多个页面。一个页面样式区域的上下边界由「带样式的分页符」定义。在任两个「带样式的分页符」之间的所有页面使用同一个页面样式。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6062196\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
msgstr "您可以直接在光标位置插入一个「带样式的分页符」。或者，您可以将「带样式的分页符」属性应用到一个段落或段落样式中。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6054261\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
msgstr "执行以下任意一个命令:"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1811578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK."
msgstr "要在光标位置插入一个「带样式的分页符」，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 手动分页</item>」，从列表框中选择一个「<emph>样式</emph>」名称，然后点击「确定」。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id9935911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "要将「带样式的分页符」属性应用到当前段落，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 段落 - 文字流</item>」。在「换行符」区域，激活「<emph>启用</emph>」和「<emph>使用页面样式</emph>」。从列表框中选择一个页面样式名称。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id4753868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "要将「带样式的分页符」属性应用到当前段落样式，请在当前段落上点击鼠标右键。从右键菜单中选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑段落样式</item>」。点击「<emph>文字流</emph>」选项卡。在「换行符」区域，激活「<emph>启用</emph>」和「<emph>使用页面样式</emph>」，在列表框内选择一个页面样式的名称。"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id4744407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "要将「带样式的分页符」属性应用到任意段落样式，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">视图 - 样式</item>」。点击「<emph>段落样式</emph>」图标。在您想要修改的段落样式名称上点击右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。点击「<emph>文字流</emph>」选项卡。在「换行符」区域，激活「<emph>启用</emph>」和「<emph>使用页面样式</emph>」。在列表框内选择一个页面样式的名称。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr "创建和应用页面样式"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"bm_id7071138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>页面样式; 创建和应用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>定义; 页面样式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>样式; 用于页面</bookmark_value>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">创建和应用页面样式</link></variable>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
msgstr "$[officename] 使用页面样式来指定页面的版式，包括页面方向、背景、边距、页眉、页脚和文字分栏。要修改文档中个别页面的版式，必须为此页面创建并应用自定义页面样式。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
msgstr "定义新的页面样式"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">查看 - 样式</item>」。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153133\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "点击「<emph>页面样式</emph>」图标。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "在页面样式列表中，右击其中一项，然后选择「<emph>新建</emph>」。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr "在「<emph>管理器</emph>」选项卡上的「<emph>名称</emph>」框中输入名称。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3156252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
msgstr "要将自定义页面样式应用到单个页面，请在「<emph>下一样式</emph>」框中选择文档中使用的默认页面样式。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153376\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
msgstr "要将自定义页面样式应用到多个页面，请在「<emph>下一样式</emph>」框中选择其名称。要停止使用该样式，请手动插入分页符兵将其分配给其他页面样式。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "使用对话框中的选项卡设置页面样式的版式选项，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
msgstr "应用页面样式"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
msgstr "在要应用页面样式的页面中点击。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">查看 - 样式</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">页面样式</item>」图标。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3148685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
msgstr "双击列表中的名称。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
msgstr "对新页面应用页面样式"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147122\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
msgstr "在文档中要开始新页的位置点击。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150210\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 手动分页</emph>」。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>分页</emph>」。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150939\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">样式</item>」框中，选择要应用于手动分页符之后的页面的页面样式。"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150965\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
msgstr "打印小册子"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"bm_id6743064\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>打印; 单本小册子</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>打印小册子</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>小册子; 打印单本</bookmark_value>"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN105F6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">打印小册子</link></variable>"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
msgstr "您可以将 Writer 文档打印成小册子或手册。也就是说，Writer 在一张纸的一面上打印两个页面，这样，将纸张对折后，可以像看书一样阅读文档。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106DE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
msgstr "创建要以小册子打印的文档时，页面方向应使用纵向。打印文档时，Writer 应用小册子版式。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1061A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
msgstr "打印小册子"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件 - 打印</emph>」。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106B6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>打印</emph>对话框中，点击<emph>属性</emph>」。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1070E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
msgstr "在打印机的属性对话框中，将纸张方向设为横向。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_id8947416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
msgstr "如果打印机进行双面打印，并且由于小册子始终以横向模式打印，因此，应该在打印机设置对话框中使用「双面打印 - 短边」设置。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10628\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page."
msgstr "返回「<emph>打印</emph>」对话框，然后点击「<emph>页面版式</emph>」选项卡页面。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1062C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>小册子</emph>」。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10740\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
msgstr "对于自动双面打印的打印机，请指定包含「所有页」。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106EA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again."
msgstr "如果 %PRODUCTNAME 按错误的顺序打印页面，请打开「<emph>选项</emph>」选项卡页面，选择「<emph>逆页序打印</emph>」，然后重新打印文档。"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr "打印前预览页面"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>打印; 预览</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>预览; 打印版式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>打印版式检查</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>预览</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面; 预览</bookmark_value>"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"打印之前预览页面\">打印之前预览页面</link></variable>"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3149847\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件</emph> - <emph>打印预览</emph>」。"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3155055\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
msgstr "使用「<emph>打印预览</emph>」栏上的缩放图标缩小或放大页面视图。"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog."
msgstr "要打印缩放的文档，请在「<emph>文件 - 打印</emph>」对话框的「<item type=\"menuitem\">页面布局</item>」选项卡页面中设置打印选项。"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3145093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document."
msgstr "使用箭头键或「<emph>页面预览</emph>」栏上的箭头图标滚动浏览文档。"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">文件 - 页面预览</link>。"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr "在一张纸上打印多个页面"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149694\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文档的多页面视图</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面; 在一张纸上打印多页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>摘要; 打印多页视图</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>打印; 每张纸上有多页</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>缩小打印多个页面</bookmark_value>"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149694\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">在一张纸上打印多页</link></variable>"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
msgstr "在「<emph></emph><item type=\"menuitem\">文件 - 打印</item>」对话框中的「页面版式」选项卡页面，您可以选择将多个页面打印到一张纸上。"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3156098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件 - 打印</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>页面版式</emph>」选项卡。"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3155055\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3149603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box."
msgstr "要将两页并排打印在同一页上，请在「<emph>每张纸中的页面</emph>」框中选择\"2\"。"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages."
msgstr "要将多个页打印在同一页上，请选择每张纸中的页数并任意设置页面顺序。小型预览显示了页面的排列。"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3154841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>打印</emph>」。"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3150004\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">文件 - 打印预览</link>"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr "选择打印机纸张来源"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"bm_id6609088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>选择; 纸张来源</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>纸张来源选择</bookmark_value>"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"选择打印机纸张来源\">选择打印机纸张来源</link></variable>"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
msgstr "使用页面样式为文档中不同的页面指定不同的纸张来源。"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">页面样式</item>」图标。"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3155066\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在列表中要指定纸张来源的页面样式上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">纸张来源</item>」框中，选择要使用的纸张来源。"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149649\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
msgstr "对要指定纸张来源的每个页面样式重复执行步骤 1 - 5。"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
msgstr "对需要的页面应用此页面样式。"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3154260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"创建和应用页面样式\">创建和应用页面样式</link>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
msgstr "按相反的顺序打印"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>顺序; 按相反顺序打印</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>打印; 相反顺序</bookmark_value>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"按相反的顺序打印\">按相反的顺序打印</link></variable>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件 - 打印</emph>」。"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab."
msgstr "点击「<emph>常规</emph>」选项卡。"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3156106\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>逆页序打印</emph>」。"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>打印</emph>」。"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3149616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"打印\">打印</link>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr "保护 %PRODUCTNAME Writer 中的内容"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>document;protection from changes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>索引; 取消保护</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>目录; 取消保护</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 保护/取消保护单元格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>区域; 保护/取消保护</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>取消保护目录与索引</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>保护; 表格和区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>单元格; 保护/取消保护</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文档;保护以免被修改</bookmark_value>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id6007263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">保护 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item> 中的内容</link></variable>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1924802\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified or deleted."
msgstr "下面概述在「<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer」中用于保护内容的不同方法，以防止内容被修改或删除。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
msgstr "保护 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 中的区域"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3150592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes, and with an optional password."
msgstr "<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 文本文档中的任何区域都可以保护以免被更改，可以选择使用密码保护。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id4545426\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"protwarn\">Protection is not intended to be an information security protection, it is a switch to prevent accidental changes.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"protwarn\">「保护」不是出于信息安全保护的考虑，它只是用于避免意外更改的开关。</variable>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610293\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"turnon\">Turning on protection</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"turnon\">打开保护</variable>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1811201645676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Information to protect must be in a section. To create or select a section:"
msgstr "要保护的信息必须位于区域中。要创建或选择区域:"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120161920589\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the section does not exist: Select the text, then choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section...</item> ."
msgstr "如果区域不存在: 选择文字，然后选择菜单「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 区域...</item>」。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164739204\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the section already exists: <variable id=\"gotosection\">Choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections...</item> and select the section in the list <emph>Section</emph>, or right-click on the section in the Navigator and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit...</item>.</variable>"
msgstr "如果区域已存在: <variable id=\"gotosection\">选择菜单「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 区域...</item>」并在「<emph>区域</emph>」列表中选择区域，或在「导航」中右击区域并选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑...</item>」。</variable>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1811201645678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To enable protection"
msgstr "要启用保护"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164720479\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to protect the contents without a password, choose the <emph>Protect</emph> check box under the <emph>Write protection</emph>."
msgstr "如果希望保护文档而不设密码，请在「<emph>写入保护</emph>」下选中「<emph>保护</emph>」复选框。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164720412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want the protection with a password, choose <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes and click on the <emph>Password…</emph> button. Enter and confirm a password of at least five characters."
msgstr "如果希望用密码保护，请选中「<emph>保护</emph> 与 <emph>使用密码</emph>」复选框，并点击「<emph>密码…</emph>」按钮。请输入并确认密码，密码应至少有五个字符长。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modification of protection"
msgstr "保护的修改"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016456780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection does not have a password and you would like to use one, choose the <emph>With password</emph> checkbox, click the <emph>Password</emph> button, and enter and confirm a password of at least five characters."
msgstr "如果保护没有密码而您想设置一个密码，请选中「<emph>使用密码</emph>」复选框，点击「<emph>密码</emph>」按钮，输入并确认密码，密码应至少五个字符长。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016234567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has a password and you want to clear it, uncheck the <emph>With password</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
msgstr "如果保护有密码，而您希望清除密码，请取消选中「<emph>写入保护</emph>」下的「<emph>使用密码</emph>」框，并输入正确的密码。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016234566\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the section is protected with a password and you want to change it, click on the <emph>Password</emph> button in the <emph>Edit Sections</emph> window and enter the correct password twice."
msgstr "如果区域已使用密码保护，而您希望修改保护密码，请点击「<emph>编辑区域</emph>」窗口中的「<emph>密码</emph>」按钮，并输入正确的密码两次。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610295\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"turnoff\">Turning off protection</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"turnoff\">关闭保护</variable>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016345678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection does not have a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph>."
msgstr "如果保护没有设置密码，请在「<emph>写入保护</emph>」下取消选中「<emph>保护</emph>」复选框。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id19112016123456\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
msgstr "如果保护有密码，请在「<emph>写入保护</emph>」下取消选中「<emph>保护</emph>」复选框，并输入正确的密码。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table"
msgstr "保护 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 表格中的单元格"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3154480\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of tables or whole table in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from changes."
msgstr "您可以保护 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 文字表格中各个单元格或整个表格的内容不被修改。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3145643\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For one or several cells, place the cursor in a cell or select needed several cells. Choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr "对于一或多个单元格，请将光标置于单元格内或选中需要的多个单元格。在菜单栏选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">表格 - 保护单元格</item>」。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1911201610283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For whole table, select the table, and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr "对于整个表格，请选择表格，并点击菜单栏的「<item type=\"menuitem\">表格 - 保护单元格</item>」。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"firstof\">If necessary, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item> </caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item> and select <emph>Enable cursor</emph> under the <emph>Protected Areas</emph>.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"firstof\">如果需要，请选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</item> </caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 选项</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</item>」，然后在「<emph>保护区域</emph>」下选择「<emph>启用光标</emph>」。</variable>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1711201619364829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or in the selected cells and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr "将光标置于单元格内，或选中多个单元格后点击菜单栏的「<item type=\"menuitem\">表格 - 取消保护单元格</item>」。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3151189\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For whole table, right-click on the table in the Navigator, and choose <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph> in the context menu or select the whole table and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr "对于整个表格，在「导航」中右击表格，然后在右键菜单中点击「<emph>表格 - 取消保护</emph>」，或选择整个表格并在菜单栏点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">表格 - 取消保护单元格</item>」。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Contents Protection in Tables of Contents and Indexes"
msgstr "目录与索引的内容保护"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3153966\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, are automatically protected against accidental changes."
msgstr "<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 中创建的目录与索引，会被自动保护防止意外更改。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3159088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Choose <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
msgstr "在索引或目录中右击。在右键菜单中点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑索引...</item>」。在「<emph>类型</emph>」选项卡选择「<emph>保护以免手动变更</emph>」。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120162840123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click on the index or table of contents in the Navigator and choose <emph>Index - Read-only</emph> item."
msgstr "在「导航」中右击索引或目录并选择<emph>索引 - 只读</emph>项。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3152968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Uncheck <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
msgstr "在索引或目录中右击。在右键菜单中点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑索引...</item>」。在「<emph>类型</emph>」选项卡取消选中「<emph>保护以免手动变更</emph>」。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3152774\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents in the Navigator and uncheck <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
msgstr "在「导航」中右击索引或目录并取消选中「<emph>索引 - 只读</emph>」。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201623985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protection of the whole <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes."
msgstr "保护整个 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 文档防止修改。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id31544811\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect the contents of <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes, with one of the following file formats: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott."
msgstr "您可以保护 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 文档的内容，以免发生修改，支持以下文件格式: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016812973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To enable the protection of the whole document, go to <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Compatibility</emph> and choose <emph>Protect form</emph>. To disable protection, uncheck it."
msgstr "要启用整个文档的保护，请前往「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 兼容性</emph>」并选中「<emph>保护表单</emph>」。要禁用保护，请取消选中。"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id7858516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">保护其他内容</link>"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr "插入交叉引用"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>引用; 插入交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>交叉引用; 插入和更新</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图片; 交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>对象; 交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE 对象; 交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>绘图对象; 交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>更新; 交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 交叉引用</bookmark_value>"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"插入交叉引用\">插入交叉引用</link></variable>"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3159263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
msgstr "可以通过交叉引用跳转到单个文档中特定的文本段落和对象。交叉引用由目标’Œ引用组成，在文档中，它们作为<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"字段\">字段</link> 插入。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3155860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
msgstr "含有标题和书签的对象可以用作目标。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
msgstr "交叉引用文字"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
msgstr "在插入交叉引用之前，必须先在文本中指定目标。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Target"
msgstr "插入目标"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
msgstr "选择要用作交叉引用目标的文字。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 交叉引用</emph>」。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">类型</item>」列表中，选择「设置引用」。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
msgstr "在「<emph>名称</emph>」框中输入该目标的名称。选中的文字显示在「<emph>值</emph>」框中。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3145110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入</item>」。目标的名称会添加到「<item type=\"menuitem\">选择</item>」列表中。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3156257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
msgstr "不要关闭此对话框，继续进行下一节。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
msgstr "创建对目标的交叉引用"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7032074\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
msgstr "将光标置于您想要插入交叉引用的文本中。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7796868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
msgstr "如果没有打开的话，选择「<emph>插入 - 交叉引用</emph>」打开对话框。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中，选择「插入引用」。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中，选择要交叉引用的目标。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3154856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr "在「<emph>插入引用至</emph>」列表中，选择交叉引用的格式。<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">格式</link>用于指定显示为交叉引用的信息类型。例如，选择「引用」插入目标文字，而选择「页」则插入目标所在页的页码。对于脚注，插入该脚注的编号。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3148685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr "完成选择后，点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149980\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
msgstr "交叉引用对象"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149992\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>."
msgstr "对于文档中的大多数对象 (例如图形、绘图对象、OLE 对象和表格等)，只要它们具有标题，您都可以交叉引用。要向对象添加标题，请选择对象，然后选择<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"插入 - 标题\"><emph>插入 - 标题</emph></link>。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3147123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
msgstr "在文档中要插入交叉引用的位置点击。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 交叉引用</emph>」。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150236\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中，选择该对象的标题类别。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150942\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中，选择要交叉引用的对象的标题编号。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
msgstr "在「<emph>插入引用到</emph>」列表中，选择交叉引用的格式。<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">格式</link>用来指定显示为交叉引用的信息的类型。例如，「引用」插入对象的标题类别和标题文字。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150535\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3151092\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr "完成选择后，点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
msgstr "更新交叉引用"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9."
msgstr "要手动更新文档中的交叉引用，请选择菜单中的「<emph>工具 - 更新 - 字段</emph>」或按 F9。"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7321390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 字段名称</emph>」来切换引用名称和引用内容之间的视图。"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
msgstr "修改交叉引用"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149291\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>引用; 修改交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>交叉引用; 修改</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑; 交叉引用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>搜索; 交叉引用</bookmark_value>"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149291\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"修改交叉引用\">修改交叉引用</link></variable>"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3153132\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
msgstr "在要修改的交叉引用前点击。"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3149632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
msgstr "如果无法看到交叉引用的字段阴影，请选择「<emph>视图 - 字段阴影</emph>」或按「<emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>」键。"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>编辑 - 字段</emph>」。"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3145101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "设置所需的选项，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
msgstr "使用「<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑字段</item>」对话框中的箭头按钮浏览当前文档中的所有交叉引用。"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing Register-true"
msgstr "打印时对齐到垂直网格"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"bm_id4825891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>行; 对齐到垂直网格的文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本行; 对齐到垂直网格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>页面; 对齐到垂直网格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落; 对齐到垂直网格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>对齐到垂直网格; 页面和段落</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>间距; 对齐到垂直网格的文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式; 对齐到垂直网格的文本</bookmark_value>"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">打印时对齐到垂直网格</link></variable>"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1065E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
msgstr "将文档设为打印时对齐到垂直网格"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10665\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the whole document."
msgstr "选择整个文档。"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10669\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 页面 - 页</emph>」。"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">对齐到垂直网格</item>」区域，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">激活</item>」复选框，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">确定</item>」。"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
msgstr "除非另有指定，否则所有段落打印时都将对齐到垂直网格。"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
msgstr "使段落豁免「对齐到垂直网格」打印模式"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
msgstr "选中所有无需此设置的段落，然后选择「<emph>格式 - 段落 - 缩进与间距</emph>」。"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1068C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the Styles window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
msgstr "打开「样式」窗口，点击要取消设置的「段落样式」，右击该样式并选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。在此对话框中，点击「<emph>缩进与间距</emph>」选项卡。"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10698\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox."
msgstr "在「<emph>对齐到垂直网格</emph>」区域，清除「<emph>激活</emph>」复选框。"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN106AA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">对齐到垂直网格</link>"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
msgstr "删除换行符"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>粘贴文本中的硬回车</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>换行符; 删除</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>删除; 换行符</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>副本; 删除换行符</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>段落标记; 删除</bookmark_value>"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">删除换行</link></variable>"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
msgstr "使用「自动更正」功能删除句子中出现的换行符。当您将其他数据源中的文本复制并粘贴到某一文本文档中时，可能会出现多余的换行符。"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153413\n"
"help.text"
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style."
msgstr "「自动更正」功能仅对格式化为「默认」段落样式的文本有效。"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自动更正 - 自动更正选项</item>」。"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
msgstr "在「<emph>选项</emph>」选项卡中，请确保选中了「<emph>合并单行段落，如果长度大于 50%</emph>」。要修改行长度的最小百分比，请双击列表中的此选项，然后输入新的百分比。"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3145093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3145118\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
msgstr "选择含有要删除的段落标记的文字。"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3156253\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式</item>」栏中的「<item type=\"menuitem\">应用样式</item>」框中，选择「默认值」。"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 自动更正 - 应用</emph>」。"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr "重设字体属性"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>格式; 重设</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字体属性; 重设</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字体; 重设</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>重设; 字体</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>直接格式化; 退出</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式化; 退出直接格式化</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>退出; 直接格式化</bookmark_value>"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"重设字体属性\">重设字体属性</link></variable>"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"par_id3154091\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
msgstr "按 Ctrl+Shift+X 键可以快速退出手动格式。例如，按 Ctrl+B 组合键在输入的文字中应用粗体字形之后，再按 Ctrl+Shift+X 键，文字格式将返回段落的默认字符格式。"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "要重设现有文本的所有直接格式，请选择文本，然后再选择菜单命令「<emph>格式 - 清除默认格式</emph>」。"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr "固定窗口和调整窗口大小"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>导航; 固定和调整大小</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>样式窗口; 固定和调整大小</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>图库; 固定和调整大小</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>固定; 导航窗口</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>调整大小; 窗口</bookmark_value>"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"固定窗口和调整窗口大小\">固定窗口和调整窗口大小</link></variable>"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles window."
msgstr "您可以固定、取消固定和调整 $[officename] 的大多数程序窗口，例如「导航」与「样式」窗口。"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
msgstr "要停靠或取消停靠「导航」或「样式」窗口，请按住「<item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item>」键并双击窗口中的灰色区域。也可以按「<item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>」。"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3156096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
msgstr "要调整窗口的大小，请拖动窗口的边缘或角。"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Rulers"
msgstr "使用标尺"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"bm_id8186284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>标尺; 使用标尺</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>水平标尺</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>垂直标尺</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>缩进; 标尺上的设置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>标尺上的页边距</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格单元格; 调整标尺上的宽度</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>显示; 标尺</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>隐藏; 标尺</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>调整页边距和单元格宽度</bookmark_value>"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_idN1065F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">使用标尺</link></variable>"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
msgstr "要显示或隐藏标尺，选择「<emph>视图 - 标尺</emph>」。要显示垂直标尺，请选择 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 视图</emph></link>，然后在「<emph>标尺</emph>区域选择<emph>垂直标尺</emph>」。"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
msgstr "调整页边距"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3155175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
msgstr "标尺两端的填充区域表示页边距。"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149038\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Indents"
msgstr "修改缩进"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3153631\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
msgstr "使用水平标尺上的三个小三角形可以调整缩进。"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3152776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "要修改段落左边/右边的缩进，请选择要修改的段落，然后将水平标尺左下/右下的三角形拖到新的位置。"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3145769\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "要修改选中段落的首行缩进，请将水平标尺左上的三角形拖到新的位置。"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3149164\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr "也可以在水平标尺上的任意位置双击，然后在<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"段落\"><emph>段落</emph></link>对话框中调整缩进。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr "在文本查找中使用通配符"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>通配符，请参见正则表达式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>搜索; 带有通配符</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>正则表达式; 搜索</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>正则表达式的示例</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字符; 查找全部</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>不可见字符; 查找</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落标记; 查找</bookmark_value>"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">在文本查找中使用通配符</link></variable>"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id0509200916345516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
msgstr "通配符或占位符可用于搜索某些未指定甚至是不可见的字符。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
msgstr "在文档中查找与替换文字时，可以使用通配符。例如，查找 \"s.n\" 可以找到 \"sun\" 和 \"son\"。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">编辑 - 查找与替换</item>」。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id2142399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "点击<item type=\"menuitem\">更多选项</item>展开对话框。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box."
msgstr "选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">正则表达式</item>」复选框。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">查找</item>」框中，输入要查找的关键词与通配符。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3156113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find Next</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">查找下一个</item>」或「<item type=\"menuitem\">查找全部</item>」。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153401\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
msgstr "正则表达式示例"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
msgstr "代表单个字符的通配符是句点 (.)。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3153136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
msgstr "代表零或更多之前字符串的通配符是星号。例如: \"123*\" 可以找到 \"12\"、\"123\" 以及 \"1233\"。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
msgstr "用于查找零或多次出现的任意字符的组合通配符是句点加星号 (.*)。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
msgstr "表示段落结尾的通配符是美元符号 ($)，而表示段落起始处第一个字符的组合通配符是脱字符加句点 (^.)。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id0509200916345545\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t."
msgstr "跳转字符的通配符为 \\t。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
msgstr "使用正则表达式的搜索仅在一个段落内有效。若在多个段落内使用一个正则表达式进行搜索，需在每段分别执行搜索。"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"通配符列表\">通配符列表</link>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr "编辑区域"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149816\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>区域; 编辑</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>区域; 删除</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>删除; 区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑; 区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>只读区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>保护; 区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>转换; 区域, 普通文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>隐藏; 区域</bookmark_value>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149816\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">编辑区域</link></variable>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
msgstr "您可以保护和隐藏文档中的区域，也可以将区域转换成普通文字。"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3154224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
msgstr "选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"格式 - 区域\"><emph>格式 - 区域</emph></link>。"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149848\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">区域</item>」列表，点击想要修改的区域。您可以按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A 选择列表中的全部区域，然后可以按 Shift+click 或 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click 再选择一些区域。"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3153397\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3153120\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
msgstr "要将区域转换为普通文本，请点击「<emph>移除</emph>」。"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149631\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area."
msgstr "要使区域只读，请选择「<emph>写保护</emph>」区域的「<emph>受保护</emph>」复选框。"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area."
msgstr "要隐藏区域，请选择「<emph>隐藏</emph>」区域的「<emph>Hide</emph>」复选框。"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3156255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"格式 - 区域\">格式 - 区域</link>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id973540\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">保护 %PRODUCTNAME Writer 中的内容</link>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr "插入区域"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>区域; 插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML 文档; 插入链接区域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>更新; 链接区域, 手动</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>链接; 插入区域</bookmark_value>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"插入区域\">插入区域</link></variable>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
msgstr "您可以在当前文档中插入新的区域，或者将其他文档中的区域链接插入到当前文档中。如果将区域作为链接插入到文档中，则修改源文档时链接的内容也会随之被修改。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
msgstr "插入新区域"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
msgstr "在文档中要插入新区域的位置点击，或者选择要转换成区域的文字。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156103\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
msgstr "如果选中的文字在段落中，则该文字将自动转换成新的段落。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 区域</emph>」。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">新建区域</item>」框中，输入区域的名称。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "设置区域选项，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
msgstr "将区域作为链接插入"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
msgstr "必须先在源文档中创建区域，然后才能将其作为链接插入。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
msgstr "如果打开的文档含有链接的区域，$[officename] 将提示您更新区域的内容。要手动更新链接，请选择「<emph>工具 - 更新 - 链接</emph>」。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
msgstr "也可以将链接的区域插入 HTML 文档。在 Web 浏览器中查看这些页面时，区域的内容与上次保存 HTML 文档时的内容一致。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
msgstr "在文档中要插入链接区域的位置点击。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 区域</emph>」。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">新建区域</item>」框中，输入区域的名称。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153387\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">链接</item>」区域中，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">链接</item>」复选框。<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">在 Windows 下，也可以选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item>」复选框，以便在源文档中的区域发生变化时自动更新区域的内容。</caseinline></switchinline>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154852\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button next to the <emph>File name</emph> box."
msgstr "点击「<emph>文件名</emph>」框旁边的「<emph>浏览</emph>」按钮。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "找到含有要链接的区域的文档，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149978\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">区域</item>」框中，选择要插入的区域。"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150003\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr "使用区域"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>多列文本</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>文本; 多列</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>列; 在文本页面上</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>文本列</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>区域; 正在使用的列</bookmark_value>"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">使用区域</link> </variable>"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3153128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
msgstr "区域是已命名的文字块 (包括图形或对象)，其使用方式有很多种:"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
msgstr "防止文字被编辑。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To show or hide text."
msgstr "显示或隐藏文字。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149647\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
msgstr "重复使用其他 $[officename] 文档中的文字和图形。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
msgstr "插入与当前页面样式具有不同的分栏版式的文字区域。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
msgstr "一个区域至少含有一个段落。在选择文字和创建区域时，会自动在文字的末尾插入段落分隔符。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
msgstr "可以将区域从一个文本文档插入到另一个文本文档中，或者将整个文本文档作为区域插入到另一个文本文档中。也可以将某个文本文档的区域作为链接插入到相同或不同的文本文档中。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3153367\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
msgstr "要在区域之前或之后紧接着插入新段落，请在区域的前面或后面点击，然后按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter 组合键。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Sections and Columns"
msgstr "区域和栏"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
msgstr "可以在现有区域中插入新区域。例如，可以将含有两个列的区域插入到含有一个列的区域中。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3154845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
msgstr "区域版式 (例如对于列的数目) 优先于页面样式中定义的页面版式。"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3155883\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr "以 HTML 格式保存文本文档"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本文档; 以 HTML 格式发布</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML 文档; 从文本文档创建</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>主页创建</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>保存; 以 HTML 格式</bookmark_value>"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"以 HTML 格式保存文本文档\">以 HTML 格式保存文本文档</link></variable>"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3149825\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
msgstr "为了在 Web 浏览器中进行查看，您可以将 $[officename] Writer 文档保存为 HTML 格式，另外，也可以根据需要将分页与特定的标题段落样式相关联，这样每当文档中显示该样式时，就会产生一个单独的 HTML 页面。$[officename] Writer 会自动创建一个页面，并在该页面中含有与这些页面中每一页的超链接。"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3155922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG."
msgstr "将文本文档保存为 HTML 格式时，文档中的图形将作为嵌入数据流存入 HTML 文档。$[officename] 尝试保留图形的原始格式，像 JPEG 图片与 SVG 图像会原样保存。所有其他图形将存为 PNG 格式。"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3155868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "对要产生新 HTML 页的段落应用一种默认 $[officename] 标题段落样式 (如「标题 1」)。"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3156100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件 - 发送 - 创建 HTML 文档</emph>」。"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">样式</item>」框中，选择要用于生成新 HTML 页的段落样式。"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr "为 HTML 文档输入路径和名称，然后点击「<emph>保存</emph>」。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr "输入时应用文本格式"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 输入时设置粗体格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>设置格式; 粗体, 输入时</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>键盘;粗体格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>粗体;输入时设置格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>快捷键;粗体格式</bookmark_value>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"输入时应用文本格式\">输入时应用文本格式</link></variable>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
msgstr "应用粗体格式"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "请选择要格式化的文字。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
msgstr "按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B 键。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3156112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished."
msgstr "还可以按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B 键，输入要应用粗体格式的文字后再按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B 键。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply italic formatting"
msgstr "应用斜体格式"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3151861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "请选择要格式化的文字。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3141836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
msgstr "按下 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3151112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished."
msgstr "您也可以先按下 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I，输入希望格式化为斜体的文字，完成后再次按下 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To underline text"
msgstr "为文字添加下划线"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3152861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to underline."
msgstr "请选择要添加下划线的文字。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3142836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
msgstr "按下 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3152112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished."
msgstr "您也可以先按下 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U，输入您希望添加下划线的文字，完成后按下 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U。"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"用于文本文档的快捷键\">用于文本文档的快捷键</link>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] 中的快捷键\">$[officename] 中的快捷键</link>"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
msgstr "使用「智能标签」"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155622\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>智能标签</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>自动更正功能; 智能标签</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>选项; 智能标签</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>禁用; 智能标签</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>安装; 智能标签</bookmark_value>"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id3563951\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">使用智能标签</link></variable>"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id368358\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
msgstr "「智能标签」提供其他信息和功能以指定 Writer 文档中的字词。对于不同的「智能标签」扩展，可用的功能可能会不同。"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id9298379\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
msgstr "安装「智能标签」"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1827448\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
msgstr "「智能标签」可以作为<link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">扩展</link>提供给 %PRODUCTNAME Writer。"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id2508621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
msgstr "要安装「智能标签」，请按照以下的某种方法进行:"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id3856013\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
msgstr "在您的硬盘中保存 *.oxt 扩展文件，然后双击文件管理器中的 *.oxt 文件。另外，在 %PRODUCTNAME 中选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 扩展管理器</item>」打开「扩展管理器」，点击「添加」并浏览到此文件。"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id7814264\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
msgstr "点击 Web 页面上的「智能标签」*.oxt 文件链接并用默认的应用程序打开该链接。此操作需要一个正确配置的 Web 浏览器。"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id8142338\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
msgstr "「智能标签」菜单"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1917477\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>."
msgstr "Writer 文档中的任意文本都可以通过「智能标签」标记，默认显示洋红色的下划线。颜色可以在「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 选项</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - 应用程序颜色</item>」修改。"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id192266\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
msgstr "当指向某个「智能标签」时，一个提示帮助会通知您按住 Ctrl 键并点击打开「智能标签」菜单。如果您不使用鼠标，请将光标定位在被标记的文本中并通过 Shift+F10 组合键打开右键菜单。"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1998962\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
msgstr "在「智能标签」菜单中您可以看到为该「智能标签」定义的可用操作。从菜单中选择某个选项。「<item type=\"menuitem\">智能标签选项</item>」命令打开「工具」-「自动更正选项」中的<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">智能标签</link>页面。"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id2376476\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
msgstr "要启用和禁用「智能标签」"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id349131\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
msgstr "当您已经安装了至少一个「智能标签」扩展时，您会在「工具 - 自动更正选项」中看到「<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">智能标签</link>」<item type=\"menuitem\"></item>页面。使用该对话框启用或禁用「智能标签」并管理已安装的标记。"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1216467\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
msgstr "自动拼写检查对于被识别为「智能标签」的文本不做检查。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
msgstr "检查拼写和语法"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>拼写检查; 手动检查文本文档</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>检查拼写; 手动</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>语法检查程序</bookmark_value>"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"检查拼写和语法\">检查拼写和语法</link></variable>"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149814\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
msgstr "您可以手动检查文本选中内容或整个文档的拼写和语法。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id0525200902184476\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\">extensions web page</link>."
msgstr "要检查一段文本的拼写与语法，必须安装相应的词典。很多语言有三种不同的词典: 拼写检查词典、断词词典，以及同义词词典。每套词典只涉及一种语言。语法检查器可作为扩展下载安装。请参见 <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\">扩展网页</link>。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
msgstr "拼写检查从光标当前所在的位置或选中文字的起始位置开始。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
msgstr "在文档中点击，或者选择要检查的文字。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 拼写</emph>」。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
msgstr "当遇到可能的拼写错误时，「<item type=\"menuitem\">拼写检查</item>」对话框会打开，并且 $[officename] 会提供建议的更正。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3145099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
msgstr "要接受更正，请点击该建议，然后点击「<emph>更正</emph>」。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
msgstr "在上部文本框中编辑句子，然后点击「<emph>纠正</emph>」。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>."
msgstr "要将未知的词汇添加到自定义词典中，请点击「<emph>添加到词典</emph>」。"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3147107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">拼写和语法检查对话框</link>"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr "在填充格式模式中应用样式"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>填充模式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>复制; 样式，通过填充模式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>复制样式的格式刷</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>样式; 传送</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式; 复制和粘贴</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本格式; 复制和粘贴</bookmark_value>"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"在填充格式模式中应用样式\">在填充格式模式中应用样式</link></variable>"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles window."
msgstr "使用「样式」窗口中的「填充格式模式」，可以在文档中快速应用样式，例如: 段落样式和字符样式。"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3156114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3153128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
msgstr "点击要应用的样式类别图标。"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3145090\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> window."
msgstr "点击样式，然后在「样式」窗口中点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">填充格式模式</item>」图标 <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">图标</alt></image><item type=\"menuitem\"></item>。"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3153371\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
msgstr "将鼠标指针移到文档中要应用该样式的位置并点击。要在多个项目中应用该样式，请拖动鼠标以选择这些项，然后释放鼠标。"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
msgstr "完成后按「<item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item>」键。"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3159259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">样式</link>"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr "从选项中创建新样式"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>样式; 通过选择来创建</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>拖放; 创建新样式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>复制; 样式, 通过选择</bookmark_value>"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"从选项中创建新样式\">从选项中创建新样式</link></variable>"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
msgstr "创建基于手动格式化的选中内容的新样式"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3156097\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "点击要创建的样式类别的图标。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr "在文档中要复制其样式的位置点击，例如，在已应用手动格式的段落中。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu"
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">从选中内容新建样式</item>」图标，并从子菜单中选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">从选中内容新建样式</item>」"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3156260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> box."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">样式名称</item>」框中输入名称。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153373\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
msgstr "使用拖放创建新样式"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "点击要创建的样式类别的图标。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
msgstr "在要复制的样式中，至少选择一个字符或对象。对于页面样式和框样式，在页面或框中至少选择一个字符或对象。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles window and release."
msgstr "将字符或对象拖到「样式」窗口，然后释放。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_idN107B2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
msgstr "对于「段落」和「字符样式」，可以拖放到「样式」窗口中各自的按钮上。无需预先打开样式类别。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_idN107B5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
msgstr "也可以将框架拖放到「样式」窗口中以创建新的框架样式: 点击该框架，按下鼠标按钮片刻并保持鼠标不动，然后拖至「样式」窗口中并将框架放在「框架样式」图标上。"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3149988\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">样式</link>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr "从选项中更新样式"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles window</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Styles window; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>样式列表, 查看样式窗口</bookmark_value>     <bookmark_value>样式; 从选中区域更新</bookmark_value>     <bookmark_value>模板; 从选中区域更新</bookmark_value>     <bookmark_value>样式窗口; 从选中区域更新</bookmark_value>     <bookmark_value>更新; 样式, 从选中区域</bookmark_value>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"从选项中更新样式\">从选项中更新样式</link></variable>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3149838\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」。"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3156107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
msgstr "点击要更新的样式类别的图标。"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3149283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
msgstr "在文档中，在你要拷贝的更新样式处点击。例如，点击应用了您想拷贝的手动格式的一个段落。"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Styles window, click the style that you want to update."
msgstr "在「样式」窗口中，点击要更新的样式。"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr "点击「<emph>选择的新样式</emph>」图标旁边的箭头，然后从子菜单中选择「<emph>更新样式</emph>」。"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id0310200910360780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
msgstr "文档中，只有光标位置处文本手动格式将增加到「样式」窗口里选择的式样中。任何作为部分样式应用的属性将不添加到更新样式中。"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3155498\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">样式</link>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr "将文字设为上标或下标"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 下标和上标</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>上标文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>下标文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字符; 下标和上标</bookmark_value>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">将文字设为上标或下标</link></variable>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
msgstr "选择要设为上标或下标的文字。"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3155865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 字符- 位置</emph>」，然后选择「<emph>上标</emph>」或「<emph>下标</emph>」。"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3156111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
msgstr "按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P 可让文本上标，<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B 可让文本下标。"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"格式 - 字符 - 位置\">格式 - 字符 - 位置</link>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3154705\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"工具 - 自动更正 - 替换\">工具 - 自动更正 - 替换</link>"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
msgstr "合并和拆分单元格"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>单元格; 合并/拆分</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 合并单元格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>单元格合并</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>拆分单元格; 通过菜单命令</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>合并; 单元格</bookmark_value>"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id6618243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"合并和拆分单元格\">合并和拆分单元格</link></variable>"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id1211890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
msgstr "可以选择相邻的单元格，然后将这些单元格合并为一个单元格。相反，也可以选择一个大单元格，然后将其拆分为单个的单元格。"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id3463850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Merge Cells"
msgstr "合并单元格"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id5708792\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
msgstr "选择相邻单元格。"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id6301461\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 合并单元格</emph>」。"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id9156468\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Split Cells"
msgstr "拆分单元格"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id3415936\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
msgstr "将光标放在要拆分的单元格中。"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id4044312\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 拆分单元格</emph>」。"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id634174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
msgstr "通过该对话框，可以将单元格在水平或垂直方向上拆分为两个或更多单元格。"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr "使用键盘在表格中添加或删除行或列"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>行; 在表格中通过键盘插入/删除</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>列; 在表格中通过键盘插入/删除</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 通过键盘编辑</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>键盘; 添加或删除行/列</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>拆分单元格; 通过键盘</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>合并; 单元格，通过键盘</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>删除; 行/列，通过键盘</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 行/列，通过键盘</bookmark_value>"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">使用键盘往表格中添加或删除一行或一列</link> </variable>"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
msgstr "可以使用键盘在表格中添加或删除行或列，也可以拆分或合并表格单元格。"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3155906\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
msgstr "要在表格中插入新行，请将光标置于表格单元格中，按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert 组合键，然后按向上或向下方向键。您也可以将光标移到表格的最后一个单元格，然后按 Tab 键。"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "要插入新列，请将光标置于表格单元格中，按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert 组合键，然后按向左或向右方向键。"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3156096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "要拆分表格单元格而不添加列，请按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert 组合键，然后按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，同时按向左或向右方向键。"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3153408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
msgstr "要删除行，请将光标置于表格单元格中，按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete 组合键，然后按向上或向下方向键。"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149626\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "要删除列，请将光标置于表格单元格中，按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete 组合键，然后按向左或向右方向键。"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "要将表格合并到相邻的单元格之中，请将光标置于单元格中，按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete 组合键，然后按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，同时按向左或向右方向键。"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr "删除表格或目录"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>删除; 表格或表格内容</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 删除</bookmark_value>"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"删除表格或表格的内容\">删除表格或表格的内容</link></variable>"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
msgstr "可以从文档中删除表格，也可以只删除表格中的内容。"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>."
msgstr "要删除整个表格，点击该表格，然后选择「<emph>表格 - 删除 - 表格</emph>」。"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
msgstr "要删除表格的内容，请在表格中点击，按住「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A」组合键直到选中所有单元格，然后按「删除」键或「退格」键。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr "插入表格"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格; 插入文本表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 文本中的表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; 插入表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE 对象; 插入表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>单元格; 从电子表格插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>电子表格中的表格; 在文本中插入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>电子表格; 插入表格自</bookmark_value>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"插入表格\">插入表格</link></variable>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet."
msgstr "有多种方式可以在文本文档中创建表格。您可以通过工具栏、菜单命令或电子表格插入表格。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar"
msgstr "通过工具栏插入表格"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "将光标置于文档中要插入表格的位置。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon."
msgstr "在「<emph>标准</emph>」或「<emph>插入</emph>」栏点击「<emph>表格</emph>」图标旁边的箭头。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
msgstr "在表格网格中，拖动鼠标以选择所需的行数和列数，然后释放鼠标。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid."
msgstr "要取消选择，请拖动到另一边，直到网格的预览区域中显示「<emph>取消</emph>」。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
msgstr "使用菜单命令插入表格"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "将光标置于文档中要插入表格的位置。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>表格 - 插入表格</emph>」。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
msgstr "在「<emph>大小</emph>」区域中，输入行数和列数。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145097\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "选择所需的其他选项，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149572\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "从 Calc 电子表格插入表格"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "打开含有所需单元格区域的 $[officename] Calc 电子表格。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "在电子表格中，拖动鼠标以选择单元格。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154395\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>编辑 - 复制</emph>」。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154420\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
msgstr "在文本文档中，执行以下操之一:"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
msgstr "选择「<emph>编辑 - 粘贴</emph>」。单元格区间将被粘贴为 OLE 对象。要编辑单元格内容，请双击对象。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:"
msgstr "选择「<emph>编辑 - 选择粘贴</emph>」，并执行以下操作之一:"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "选择"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Is inserted as..."
msgstr "插入为..."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155893\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
msgstr "「$[officename] $[officeversion] 电子表格"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149986\n"
"help.text"
msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop"
msgstr "OLE 对象 - 如同使用 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V 组合键或拖放"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
msgstr "GDIMetaFile"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "图形"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153027\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Bitmap"
msgstr "位图"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "图形"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "HTML"
msgstr "HTML"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "HTML table"
msgstr "HTML 表格"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unformatted text"
msgstr "无格式文本"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
msgstr "纯文本，制表位当作分隔符"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
msgstr "格式化文本 [RTF]"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text table"
msgstr "文本表格"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150965\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE 链接 (仅在 Windows 下)  </caseinline></switchinline>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">表格结构和内容，不带格式。更新</caseinline></switchinline>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "在 Calc 电子表格中拖放单元格区域"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3151116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "打开含有所需单元格区域的 $[officename] Calc 电子表格。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150515\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "在电子表格中，拖动鼠标以选择单元格。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
msgstr "在选中单元格中点击并按住鼠标按钮。"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
msgstr "将选中的单元格拖到文本文档中。"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr "在新页面上重复表格标题"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格; 标题在分页后重复</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>重复; 分页后的表格标题</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>标题; 在表格中重复</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>多页表格</bookmark_value>"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"在新页面上重复表格标题\">在新页面上重复表格标题</link></variable>"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3149636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
msgstr "可以在表格所在的每一个新页面上重复显示表格标题。"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert Table</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>表格 - 插入表格</emph>」。"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading rows on new pages</item> check boxes."
msgstr "选中「<item type=\"menuitem\">标题</item>」和「<item type=\"menuitem\">新页面重复显示标题</item>」复选框。"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153376\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
msgstr "选择表格的行数和列数。"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153393\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
msgstr "选择表格、行和列"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"bm_id7693411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>选择;表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格;选择</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>列;选择</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>行;选择</bookmark_value>"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN105F0\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">选择表格、行和列</link></variable>"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN1060E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
msgstr "您可以使用键盘或鼠标在文本文档中选择表格。"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected."
msgstr "要使用键盘选择表格，请将光标移到表格内，然后按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A 组合键，直到选中所有单元格。"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10633\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
msgstr "要使用鼠标选择表格，只需将鼠标指针移到表格左上方的某个位置。此时，鼠标指针变为对角箭头形状。点击鼠标即可选择该表格。"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
msgstr "要使用鼠标选择行或列，只需将鼠标指向行的左侧或列的上方的某个位置。此时，鼠标指针变为箭头形状。点击鼠标即可选择该行或列。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table"
msgstr "更改文本表格中行和列的大小"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>单元格; 在文本表格中放大和缩小</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格单元格; 在文本中放大/缩小</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>键盘; 调整行/列的大小</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>调整大小; 文本表格中的行和列</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>放大列, 单元格和表格行</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>在文本表格中缩小行和列</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 调整大小/并置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>并置表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格行高</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格列宽</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>行; 表格缩放</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>列; 表格缩放</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格列宽</bookmark_value>"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"更改文本表格中行和列的大小\">更改文本表格中行和列的大小</link></variable>"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
msgstr "您可以修改表格单元格和列的宽度，也可以修改表格行的高度。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">图标</alt></image>"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3146497\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar."
msgstr "还可以使用「<item type=\"menuitem\">表格</item>」栏上「<item type=\"menuitem\">优化</item>」工具栏中的图标均匀分布行和列。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
msgstr "修改列和单元格的宽度"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149574\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
msgstr "修改列的宽度"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149587\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3156246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "将鼠标指针停留在列分隔线上，等指针变成分隔符图标时将此线条拖到新位置。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3145390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "将鼠标指针停留在标尺中的列分隔线上，等指针变成分隔符图标时将此线条拖到新位置。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id0918200811260957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
msgstr "按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，点击并拖拽出一条线，以便将所有单元格按比例排列至该线条的右边或下边。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3145411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "将光标置于该列的一个单元格中，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">选项</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，然后按向左或向右方向键。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153364\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
msgstr "要增加页面左边缘与表格边缘之间的间隔，请按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">选项</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift 组合键，然后按向右方向键。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3155891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
msgstr "选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 表格</emph>」，然后在「<emph>键盘操作</emph>」区域中选择所需的选项，可以指定方向键的操作。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149993\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
msgstr "修改单元格的宽度"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3148676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
msgstr "按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">选项+命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> 组合键，然后按向左或向右方向键"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153014\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
msgstr "修改行的高度"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153035\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
msgstr "要更改行高，请将光标置于该行的一个单元格中，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">选项</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，然后按向上或向下方向键。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id8478041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
msgstr "调整整个表格的大小"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3358867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
msgstr "要更改表格的宽度和高度，请执行以下任一操作:"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id5366679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
msgstr "在表格内点击。在标尺中，拖动白色区域和灰色区域之间的边框以更改表格大小。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id1279030\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
msgstr "在表格内点击。选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">表格 - 属性</item>」以打开一个对话框，将属性设置为数字。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id5009308\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "要使文本环绕表格，或者使两个表格相邻，必须将表格插入图文框中。在表格内点击，按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A 组合键两次以选中整个表格，然后选择「<emph>插入 - 图文框</emph>」。"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id4190496\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
msgstr "与 OpenDocument 格式的表格不同，HTML 页面中的表格不会提供全部属性和命令。"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr "通过键盘修改行和列"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格模式选择</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>按比例分布表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格单元格的相对分布</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 通过键盘调整宽度</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>单元格; 通过键盘调整宽度</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>键盘; 修改行/列行为</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>行/列行为</bookmark_value>"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"修改表格的行和列行为\">通过键盘修改行和列</link></variable>"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149835\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
msgstr "当您在表格中插入或删除单元格、行或列时，「<item type=\"menuitem\">行行为</item>」选项将决定这些操作对相邻元素的影响。例如，仅当空间允许时，才能将新的行和列插入到具有固定行尺寸和列尺寸的表格中。"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id7344279\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
msgstr "请注意，这些属性仅对使用键盘对列宽所做的修改有效。使用鼠标，可以随意修改列宽。"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3156110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:"
msgstr "要设置文本文档中表格的「<item type=\"menuitem\">行/列行为</item>」选项，请点击「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 选项</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 表格</item>」。表格有三种显示模式:"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149638\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr "<emph>固定</emph> - 修改仅影响相邻的单元格而不是整个表格。例如，当您加宽一个单元格时，相邻的单元格会变窄，但表格的宽度保持不变。"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149613\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr "<emph>固定成比例</emph> - 修改会影响整个表格，宽单元格的缩小幅度大于窄单元格。例如，当您加宽一个单元格时，相邻的单元格会成比例地变窄，但表格的宽度保持不变。"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
msgstr "<emph>可变</emph> - 修改影响表格的大小。例如，当您加宽一个单元格时，表格的宽度也会增加。"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr "创建文档模板"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文档模板</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>模板;创建文档模板</bookmark_value>"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"创建文档模板\">创建文档模板</link></variable>"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149492\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
msgstr "您可以创建一个模板，基于此模板来创建新的文本文档。"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "创建文档并加入所需的内容和样式。"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3147422\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">文件 - 模版 - 另存为模版</item>」。"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">新建模板</item>」框中，输入新模板的名称。"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3156098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">类别</item>」列表中选择模板类别。"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>."
msgstr "要基于模板创建文档，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">文件 - 新建 - 模板</item>」，选择模板，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">打开</item>」。"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save As Template\">File - Templates - Save As Template</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save As Template\">文件 - 模板 - 另存为模板</link>"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr "修改默认模板"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>默认模板; 定义/重置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>默认; 模板</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>模板; 默认模板</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本文档; 默认模板</bookmark_value>"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"修改默认模板\">修改默认模板</link></variable>"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3145569\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
msgstr "默认模板包含用于新文本文档的默认格式信息。如果需要，您可以创建一个新模板，并将其用作默认模板。"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"hd_id6414990\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
msgstr "创建默认模板"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149838\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "创建文档并创建所需的内容与格样式式。"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3156101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">文件 - 模版 - 另存为模版</item>」。"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr "在「<emph>新建模板</emph>」框中，输入新样式的名称。"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the dialog that appears, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "在出现的对话框中，双击「我的模版」文件夹，然后点击「<emph>保存</emph>」。您将被提示输入名称; 填写后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>文件 - 新建 - 模板</emph>」。"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149952\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
msgstr "双击「我的模板」目录。"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>."
msgstr "点击您建立的模板，然后点击「<emph>设置为默认</emph>」。"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the dialog."
msgstr "关闭该对话框。"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr "模板和样式"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>格式化样式; 样式和模板</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>样式; 样式和模板</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>组织; 模板 (引导) </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>模板; 组织 (引导) </bookmark_value>"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"模板和样式\">模板和样式</link></variable>"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
msgstr "模板是含有特定格式样式、图形、表格、对象和其他信息的文档。它是创建其他文档的基础。例如，您可以对文档中段落和字符的样式进行定义，并将文档保存为模板，然后就可以使用该模板创建具有相同样式的新文档。"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
msgstr "除非另外指定，否则，每个新 $[officename] 文本文档都基于默认模板。"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149974\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
msgstr "$[officename] 具有大量的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"预定义模板\">预定义模板</link> ，使用这些模板可以创建各种类型或文本的文档，例如商务信函。"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr "使用文本动画"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"bm_id3151182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本动画</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>效果; 文本动画</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>动画; 文本</bookmark_value>"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"使用文本动画\">使用文本动画</link></variable>"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3145080\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
msgstr "只能对包含在绘图对象 (如矩形、线条或文字对象) 中的文字应用动画效果。例如，绘制一个矩形，然后双击该矩形并输入文字。"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3149811\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
msgstr "选择含有要应用动画效果的文字的绘图对象。"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 对象 - 文字属性</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">文本动画</item>」选项卡。"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3149819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">效果</item>」框中，选择想要的动画。"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3145786\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "设置此效果的属性，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr "修改文字的大小写"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>字符; 大写或小写</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本; 大写或小写</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>小写字母; 文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>大写; 文本格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>大写字母; 修改为小写字母</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>修改; 文本的大小写</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>标题中首字母大写</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>小号的大写字母 (引导) </bookmark_value>"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"修改文字的大小写\">修改文字的大小写</link></variable>"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
msgstr "您可以选择修改文字的大小写，用小型大写字母格式化文字，或者大写每个字词的首字母。"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_idN10728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed."
msgstr "通过「<emph>格式 - 字符</emph>」来设置文本格式时，文本保持不变，只是以另一种方式进行显示。然而，如果选择「<emph>格式 - 文本</emph>」或「<emph>格式 - 文本 - 修改大小写</emph>」，则文本将被永久地修改。"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
msgstr "文本采用大写字母"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3147420\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
msgstr "选择要大写的文字。"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910485778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Uppercase</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 文本 - 大写字母</item>」。"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910485775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 字符</item>」，点击字体效果选项卡，然后在效果框中选择大小写类型。「大写字母」大写所有字母。「首字母大写」大写每个单词的首个字母。「小型大写字母」大写所有字母，但字体缩小。"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
msgstr "将文本修改为小写"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
msgstr "选择要修改为小写的文字。"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "执行以下操作之一:"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id112020091049000\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Lowercase</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 文本- 小写字母</item>」。"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910490034\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 字符</item>」，点击字体效果选项卡，然后在效果框中选择「小写字母」。"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr "利用框架使文字在页面上居中"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155177\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本框; 在页面上居中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>居中; 页面上的文本框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>标题页; 使文本居中</bookmark_value>"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155177\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"利用框架使文字在页面上居中\">利用框架使文字在页面上居中</link></variable>"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
msgstr "选择要在页面上居中的文字。"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 框架</emph>」。"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3152765\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">锁定</item>区域中，选择<item type=\"menuitem\">至页面</item>」。"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">大小</item>」区域中，设置框架的尺寸。"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> boxes."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">位置</item>区域中，选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">水平</item>」和<item type=\"menuitem\">垂直</item>」框中的「中心」。"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area."
msgstr "要隐藏框架的边框，请选中框架，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 框架与对象 - 属性</item>」。点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">边框</item>」选项卡，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">行对齐</item>」区域中的「<item type=\"menuitem\">不采用边框</item>」框。"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
msgstr "要调整框架的大小，请拖动该框的边缘。"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr "使用直接定位光标"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 光标</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>通过直接定位光标输入文本</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>直接定位光标; 设置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>通过直接定位光标写入</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>光标;直接定位光标</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>设置;直接定位光标</bookmark_value>"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"使用直接定位光标\">使用直接定位光标</link></variable>"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_id3155908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
msgstr "直接定位光标可用于在页面上的任意位置输入文字。"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_id3155921\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
msgstr "要设置直接光标的行为，请选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</emph>」。"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106A3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具</item>」栏上，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">直接定位光标</item>」图标 <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">图标</alt></image>。"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
msgstr "在文本文档中的空白位置点击。鼠标指针将发生变化，以反映输入的文本所应用的对齐方式:"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">图标</alt></image>左对齐"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">图标</alt></image> 居中"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN10700\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">图标</alt></image> 右对齐"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
msgstr "输入文本。%PRODUCTNAME 会自动插入所需的空行数，如果已启用相应的选项，还会自动插入所需数量的制表符和空格。"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr "强调文本"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 强调</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>强调文本</bookmark_value>"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"强调文字\">强调文字</link></variable>"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3155922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
msgstr "以下示例演示了如何在文档中对文字进行强调:"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>."
msgstr "选择文字并应用不同的字体样式或效果，如「<emph>粗体</emph>」。"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3149840\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "在段落中点击鼠标右键，选择「<emph>段落</emph>」，设置所需的选项，例如背景颜色，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3150084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>."
msgstr "选择文本，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">插入 - 边框</item>」。"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id6924649\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar."
msgstr "使用「绘图」工具栏上的「文字」工具。"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
msgstr "使用艺术字。要打开「艺术字」窗口，请点击「绘图」栏上的「艺术字」图标。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr "插入、编辑和链接文本框"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本框; 插入/编辑/链接</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑; 文本框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 文本框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>调整大小; 文本框，通过鼠标</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>缩放; 文本框，通过鼠标</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>链接; 文本框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文字流; 从框架到框架</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>框架; 链接</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>打印; 隐藏文本框以避免打印</bookmark_value>"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"插入、编辑和链接文本框\">插入、编辑和链接文本框</link></variable>"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
msgstr "文本框是文字和图形的容器，可以将其放置在页面上的任意位置。也可以通过框对文字应用分栏版式。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
msgstr "插入文本框"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149961\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
msgstr "选择要包括在框中的文字。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 框架</emph>」，然后点击「确定」。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
msgstr "编辑文本框"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
msgstr "要编辑文本框的内容，请在框中点击，并根据需要进行修改。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3156239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>."
msgstr "要编辑框架，请选择该框架，点击鼠标右键，然后选择格式选项。也可以在选中的框架上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>框架</emph>」。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3156261\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
msgstr "要调整文本框的大小，请点击框的边缘，并拖动框的一个边缘或角。在拖动时按住 Shift 键，以保持框的比例。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153386\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
msgstr "打印时隐藏文本"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
msgstr "可以将任何 Writer 文本框的模式设置为允许在屏幕上查看文本，而在打印时隐藏文本。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
msgstr "选择文本框 (可以看到八个控点)。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3155875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 框架与对象 - 属性 - 选项</emph>」。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3155899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "在「<emph>属性</emph>」区域中，清除「<emph>打印</emph>」复选框，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
msgstr "链接文本框"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149986\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
msgstr "您可以链接 Writer 文本框，以使它们的内容从一个框自动延续到另一个框。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3153025\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
msgstr "点击要链接的框架的边缘。选择控点将出现在框架的边缘上。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">边框</item>」栏中，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">链接框</item>」图标 <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">图标</alt></image>。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150930\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
msgstr "点击要链接到的框架。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
msgstr "只能在以下情况下链接框架:"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150969\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target frame is empty."
msgstr "目标框架为空。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154365\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
msgstr "目标框架没有链接到其他框架。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
msgstr "源框架和目标框架在同一区域中。例如，您无法链接页眉框与页脚框。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3145559\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
msgstr "源框架没有下一个链接。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3145577\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
msgstr "目标框架或源框架不存在包含与被包含关系。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3151083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
msgstr "当您选择链接的框架时，屏幕上将显示与该框架相连接的线条。"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id5853144\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
msgstr "「自动调整尺寸」功能只对一系列链接的框架中最后一个框架可用。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr "使用键盘浏览和选择"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"bm_id3159260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 使用键盘浏览和选择</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>浏览; 在文本中, 使用键盘</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>选择; 文本, 使用键盘</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>键盘; 在文本中浏览和选择</bookmark_value>"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"hd_id3159260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"使用键盘浏览和选择\">使用键盘浏览和选择</link></variable>"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
msgstr "您可以浏览整个文档并通过键盘进行选择。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id1031200810571916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
msgstr "要移动光标，请按下表给出的键或键的组合。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id1031200810571929\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
msgstr "要选择移动光标下面的字符，请在移动光标时同时按住 Shift 键。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Key"
msgstr "键"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Function"
msgstr "功能"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "「<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>命令键</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl 键</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>」"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
msgstr "向右箭头键，向左箭头键"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3150105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
msgstr "将光标向左或向右移动一个字符。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
msgstr "将光标向左或向右移动一个字。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
msgstr "向上箭头键,向下箭头键"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
msgstr "将光标向上或向下移动一行。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
msgstr "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 组合键) 将当前段落向上或向下移动。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home 键"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
msgstr "将光标移到当前行的起始位置。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3145108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "将光标移到文档的起始位置。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home 键"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156237\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "在一个表格中"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "将光标移到当前单元格内容的起始位置。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3145409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "将光标移到当前单元格内容的起始位置。再次按下可使光标移到表格中的第一个单元格。再次按下可使光标移到文档的起始位置。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "结束位置"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153372\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
msgstr "将光标移到当前行的结尾。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
msgstr "将光标移到文档的结尾"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "结束位置"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "在一个表格中"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "移到当前单元格内容的结尾。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155894\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
msgstr "将光标移到当前单元格内容的结尾。再次按下可使光标移到表格中的最后一个单元格。再次按下可使光标移到文档的结尾。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155944\n"
"help.text"
msgid "PgUp"
msgstr "PgUp 键"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
msgstr "向上滚动一页。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
msgstr "将光标移到页眉。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "PgDn"
msgstr "PgDn 键"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153018\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Scroll down one page."
msgstr "向下滚动一页。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
msgstr "将光标移到页脚。"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id921513466017508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/20050000.xhp\" name=\"Selection modes\">Selection Modes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/20050000.xhp\" name=\"Selection modes\">选取模式</link>"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr "旋转文字"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本; 旋转</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>旋转; 文本</bookmark_value>"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"旋转文字\">旋转文字</link></variable>"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3147410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
msgstr "只能旋转绘图对象中含有的文字。"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3153130\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> toolbar."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">视图 - 工具栏- 绘图</item>」打开「<item type=\"menuitem\">绘图</item>」工具栏。"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "选择<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">文本</item></link>图标 <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">图标</alt></image>。"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149590\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
msgstr "在文档中拖动以绘制文字对象，然后输入文字。"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar."
msgstr "在对象之外点击，然后点击所输入的文本。点击位于「绘图对象属性」工具栏上的「<link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">旋转</item></link>图标 <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">图标</alt></image><item type=\"menuitem\"></item>。"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
msgstr "拖动文字对象某个角上的控点。"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
msgstr "也可以在文本对象上点击鼠标右键，选择「<emph>位置和尺寸</emph>」，点击「<emph>旋转</emph>」选项卡，然后输入对象的旋转角度或新位置。"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"显示绘图功能\">显示绘图功能</link>"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr "插入完整文本文档"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>区域; 插入外部内容</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本文档; 合并</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>链接; 插入文本文档</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 文本文档</bookmark_value>"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"插入整个文本文档\">插入整个文本文档</link></variable>"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id1812799\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
msgstr "插入文本文件"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "将光标置于文档中要插入文件的位置。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 文件</emph>」。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149839\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "找到要插入的文本文档，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3148858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
msgstr "文本文档的内容将嵌入到当前文档中，且不随源文件的修改而更新。如果您希望在修改源文档时自动更新插入的内容，请将文件作为链接插入。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
msgstr "将整个文本文档作为链接插入"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3150096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "将光标置于文档中要插入文件的位置。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 区域</emph>」。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box."
msgstr "在「<emph>新区域</emph>」框中输入名称，然后选中「<emph>链接</emph>」复选框。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button and locate the file."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">文件名</item>」框中，输入要插入的文件的名称，或点击浏览按钮 (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) 并找到该文件。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box."
msgstr "如果目标文本文档含有区域，您可以在「<item type=\"menuitem\">区域</item>」框中选择要插入的区域。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
msgstr "如果需要，您可以设置区域的格式选项。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149862\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3145099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
msgstr "每当源文档发生改变时，$[officename] 都会自动更新所插入区域的内容。要手动更新区域的内容，请选择「<emph>工具 - 更新 - 全部更新</emph>」。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr "断词"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>断词; 手动/自动</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>分隔, 参见断词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本自动断词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本手动断词</bookmark_value>"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"断词\">断词</link></variable>"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:"
msgstr "在默认情况下，$[officename] 会将一行放不下的单词移到下一行。如果需要，可以使用自动或手动断词避免该行为:"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
msgstr "自动断词"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3147414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
msgstr "自动断词会在段落中需要的位置插入连字符。此选项仅适用于段落样式和单独的段落。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
msgstr "在一个段落中自动用连字符连接文本"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3148850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "在段落中点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>段落</emph>」。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "点击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"文字流\"><emph>文字流</emph></link>」选项卡。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
msgstr "在「断词」区域，选中「自动」复选框。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3153121\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
msgstr "在多个段落中自动用连字符连接文本"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
msgstr "要在多个段落中自动使用连字符，请使用段落样式。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "例如，启用「默认」段落样式的自动断词选项，然后将此样式应用到希望断词的段落。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "选择「<emph>视图 - 样式</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>段落样式</emph>」图标。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在要使用连字符的段落样式上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3145106\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
msgstr "点击「文字流」选项卡。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box."
msgstr "在「<emph>断词</emph>」区域，选中「<emph>自动</emph>」复选框。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3145400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "将样式应用到要使用连字符的段落。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
msgstr "手动断词"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
msgstr "您可以在行中需要的位置手动插入连字符，也可以让 $[officename] 查找需要断词的单词，并提供断词建议。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id6587651\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words"
msgstr "手动用连字符连接单个字词"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)."
msgstr "要快速插入连字符，请点击要添加连字符的字词，然后按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+连字符 (-) 键。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
msgstr "如果在单词中手动插入连字符，则仅在手动插入连字符的位置断开该单词，而不会在该单词中的其他位置应用自动断词。使用手动连字符的单词将自动断词，而不考虑「<emph>文字流</emph>」选项卡上的设置。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154847\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
msgstr "手动用连字符连接选中的文本"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "选择要用连字符连接的文字。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 语言 - 断词</emph>」。"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154361\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"文字流\">文字流</link>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr "添加项目符号"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>项目符号列表; 打开和关闭</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落; 插入项目符号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>项目符号; 添加和编辑</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式; 项目符号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>删除; 文本文档中的项目符号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>修改; 项目符号</bookmark_value>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"添加项目符号\">添加项目符号</link></variable>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3291116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Bullets"
msgstr "添加项目符号"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
msgstr "选择要添加项目符号的段落。"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式</item>」栏中，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">打开/关闭项目符号</item>」图标 <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">图标</alt></image>。"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3145403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr "要删除项目符号，请选择带有项目符号的段落，然后点击「<emph>格式</emph>」栏上的「<emph>打开/关闭项目符号</emph>」图标。"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format Bullets"
msgstr "设置项目符号的格式"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3154416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>."
msgstr "要修改项目符号列表的格式，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 项目符号与编号</item>」。"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3153390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> button next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> area."
msgstr "例如，要更改项目符号，请点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">选项</item>」选项卡，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">字符</item>旁边的浏览按钮 (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>)，然后选择一个特殊字符。还可以点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">图形</item>」选项卡，然后点击<item type=\"menuitem\">选择</item>」区域中的符号样式。"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr "添加编号"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>编号; 段落，打开和关闭</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落; 显示/隐藏编号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>格式; 编号列表</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入; 编号</bookmark_value>"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">添加编号</link> </variable>"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id4188970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
msgstr "将编号添加到列表中"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "选择要添加编号的段落。"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3149968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式</item>」栏中，点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">编号打开/关闭</item>」图标 <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">图标</alt></image>。"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3149573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "要修改编号列表的格式和分层结构，请点击列表，然后打开「<emph>项目符号与编号</emph>」工具栏。"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153365\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr "要删除编号，请选择已编号的段落，然后点击「<emph>格式</emph>」栏上的「<emph>打开/关闭编号</emph>」图标。"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
msgstr "设置编号列表的格式"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3154246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "要修改编号列表的格式，请点击此列表，然后选择「<emph>格式 - 项目符号与编号</emph>」。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr "编号和编号样式"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>编号; 手动/按样式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本中的手动编号</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落样式; 编号</bookmark_value>"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">编号和编号样式</link></variable>"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
msgstr "您可以手动或使用段落样式在段落中应用编号。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id6140629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
msgstr "手动应用编号"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar."
msgstr "要手动应用编号，请点击段落，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式</item>」栏中的「<item type=\"menuitem\">显示/隐藏编号</item>」图标。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles window."
msgstr "您无法对「样式」窗口中「特殊样式」下列出的段落进行手动编号。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10711\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
msgstr "在编号或项目符号列表中按 Enter 键时，<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> 自动为下一个段落编号。要删除新段落的编号或项目符号，请再次按 Enter 键。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
msgstr "要修改列表中项目符号的等级，请在段落前面点击，然后按 Tab 键。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
msgstr "要仅修改当前段落的项目符号或编号格式，请在段落中选择一个字符或一个词，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 项目符号与编号</item>」，并点击新格式。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10733\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
msgstr "要修改列表中所有段落的项目符号或编号格式，请确保光标位于列表中，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - 项目符号与编号</item>」，并点击新格式。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10737\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format."
msgstr "要对列表中所有段落应用相同的项目符号或编号格式，请选择所有段落，然后选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">格式 - -项目符号与编号</item>」，并点击一种格式。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1073A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
msgstr "您也可以使用<link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"编号对象工具栏\">项目符号与编号</link>工具栏上的命令，来编辑编号列表或项目符号列表。要修改编号或项目符号格式，请点击「<emph>项目符号与编号</emph>」图标。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
msgstr "通过段落样式应用编号"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153137\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
msgstr "通过段落样式，您可以更好地控制文档中应用的编号。在修改样式的编号格式时，所有使用该样式的段落都会自动更新。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149646\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">视图 - 样式</item>」，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">段落样式</item>」图标。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149599\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "在要应用编号的段落样式上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>修改</emph>」。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">大纲和编号</item>」选项卡。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149874\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
msgstr "在「<item type=\"menuitem\">编号样式</item>」框中，选择要使用的编号类型。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3145113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149589\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "在要添加编号的段落中应用该样式。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr "同义词库"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>同义词库; 相关字词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>同义词库中的相关字词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>同义词库中的拼写</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字典; 同义词库</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>词典, 参见同义词库</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>同义词库中的同义词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>查找;同义词</bookmark_value>"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"同义词库\">同义词库</link></variable>"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
msgstr "可以使用同义词库查找同义词和相关的字。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
msgstr "点击要查找或替换的字。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3155867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
msgstr "选择「<emph>工具 - 语言 - 同义词库</emph>」，或按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7 组合键。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149848\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
msgstr "在「可选」列表中，点击相关项以将该条目复制到「替换成」文本框。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3153136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
msgstr "任意双击一个条目以查看与该条目相关的字。您也可以在键盘上按上下箭头方向键选择一个条目。然后按 Return 键进行替换，或按空格键进行查找。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>替换</emph>」。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3156263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
msgstr "首先，若文档内选中字所用语言的同义词库已经安装，则同义词词典采用该语言。「同义词词典」对话框的标题栏中显示了所用的语言。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3145113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page."
msgstr "要在不同的语言中查找字，请点击「语言」按钮，并选择已安装的语言。已安装的某些语言可能没有同义词库。您可以通过网页<link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">扩展</link>为同义词库安装语言。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3196263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
msgstr "若同义词库中安装了某个字的语言，该字的右键菜单中会出现「同义词」子菜单。从子菜单中任选一个词替代该字。"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3154392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"同义词库\">同义词库</link>"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "文本文档的字词补充完整"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>自动字词补充完整</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字词补充完整</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>自动更正功能; 字词补充完整</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字词补充完整; 使用/禁用</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>禁用; 字词补充完整</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>关闭; 字词补充完整</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>停用; 字词补充完整</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>拒绝字词补充完整</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>拒绝字词补充完整</bookmark_value>"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN10751\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">文本文档的字词补充完整</link></variable>"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1076F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word."
msgstr "$[officename] 收集了当前会话中常用的字词。如果您以后输入所收集字词的前三个字母，$[officename] 就会自动补充完整该字词。"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
msgstr "如果「自动更正」的记忆中有多个字词与输入的三个字母匹配，按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab 组合键可以循环显示可用的字词。如果要以相反方向循环，请按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab 组合键。"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1078D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
msgstr "接受/拒绝字词补充完整"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN10794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key."
msgstr "默认情况下，按 Enter 键接受字词补充完整的建议。"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1079B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key."
msgstr "要拒绝应用字词补充完整功能，使用其它键继续输入即可。"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1079E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Switch off the Word Completion"
msgstr "关闭字词补充完整功能"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN107A5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>."
msgstr "选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自动更正 - 自动更正选项 - 字词补充完整</item>」。"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN107AD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> ."
msgstr "取消<emph>启用字词补充完整</emph>。"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_id7504806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">微调字词补充完整</link>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "微调文本文档的字词补充完整"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>设置; 字词补充完整</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字词补充完整; 设置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本文档; 字词补充完整设置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>工作日; 自动完成</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>月; 自动完成</bookmark_value>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"hd_id4745017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">微调文本文档的字词补充完整</link></variable>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id4814294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
msgstr "如果您经常使用 $[officename] 自动补充字词，您可以做进一步的调整来优化此操作。如果需要，您也可以保存当前所收集的字词列表，以便在下次会话中使用。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id2593462\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:"
msgstr "要微调字词补充完整，请选择「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自动更正 - 字词补充完整</item>」，然后选择以下任意操作:"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107C6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
msgstr "插入一个附加空格符"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B03\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>."
msgstr "选择「<emph>附加空格</emph>」。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B0E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
msgstr "在输入下一个词的第一个字符后，将自动在自动补充完整的单词之后追加一个空格。如果下一字符是一个分隔符 (例如句号或分行符)，则不追加空格。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107CC\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
msgstr "定义接受键"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box."
msgstr "选择可接受「<emph>接受</emph>」列表框中建议字词的键。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
msgstr "选择最小字符数"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
msgstr "通过「<emph>最少字词数目</emph>」框设置收集到列表的字词的最少字符数。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
msgstr "选择收集字词的范围"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B4C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>."
msgstr "禁用选项「<emph>在关闭文档时将从中收集的字词由列表中删除</emph>」。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
msgstr "现在，列表对其他已打开的文档同样有效。在关闭最后一个 %PRODUCTNAME 文档时，此字词列表才会删除。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
msgstr "如果没有选择该复选框，那么列表只在当前文档打开期间有效。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id2634968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
msgstr "如果要使字词列表在当前 %PRODUCTNAME 会话结束后仍然存在，可将其保存为一个文档 (下一节中有详细说明)。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107DE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
msgstr "对更多会话使用字词列表"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B94\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
msgstr "如果启用了自动检查拼写，则仅收集拼写检查认识的那些字词。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BA1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
msgstr "使用字词列表总是会从字词补充完整功能的一套预定义术语开始。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BA7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
msgstr "打开包含字词补充完整所用字词的文本文档。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BAB\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
msgstr "字词补充完整功能将收集这些字词。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107ED\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
msgstr "选择列表中的部分或全部字词。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107F4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
msgstr "使用 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">命令 </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C 组合键将所有选中的词复制到剪贴板。将剪贴板中的内容粘贴到一个新文档并保存，这样即可获得所收集的字词的参考列表。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BC6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
msgstr "稍后您可以打开引用列表并自动收集字词，使得字词补充完整功能可以从一套预定义词库开始。"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10809\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">字词补充完整 </link>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id5458845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">使用「字词补充完整」</link>"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr "字数统计"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>字词; 在文本中统计</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字数</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文档; 字数/字符数</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本; 字数/字符数</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字符; 统计</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字符数</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>统计字词</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字词统计</bookmark_value>"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"字数统计\">字数统计</link></variable>"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN105D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit."
msgstr "字词统计会显示在状态栏中，并随着您的编辑而更新。"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN106D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
msgstr "如果只统计文档中的部分文字，请选中要统计的文字。"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id3149821\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
msgstr "要显示详细的统计信息，如排除空格的总字符数，请双击状态栏中的字数统计区域，或选择「<emph>工具 - 字数统计</emph>」。"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"hd_id1116200901133957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
msgstr "%PRODUCTNAME 如何计算字数？"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id1116200901133998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
msgstr "通常，两个空格之间的字符串视为一个单词。破折号、制表符、换行符以及分段符也是单词的边界。"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id1116200901133985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
msgstr "自动显示连字符的词，如 plug-in、add-on、user/config 等，作为整体记为一个单词。"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id111620090113399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
msgstr "词中可同时包含字母、数字以及特殊字符。下列文字包含的词数记为 4: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com。"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id111620090113400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field."
msgstr "要将自定义字符添加为单词边界，请选择「<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 常规</emph>」并在「<emph>其他分隔符</emph>」字段添加字符。"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>."
msgstr "要获得文档的更多统计信息，请选择「<emph>文件 - 属性 - 统计</emph>」。"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"文件 - 属性 - 统计\">文件 - 属性 - 统计</link>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr "围绕对象的文字环绕"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154486\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>文本环绕对象</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>轮廓编辑器</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>轮廓环绕</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文本; 在对象周围设置格式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>设置格式; 轮廓环绕</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>对象; 轮廓环绕</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>环绕文本;编辑轮廓</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>编辑器;轮廓编辑器</bookmark_value>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154486\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"围绕对象的文字环绕\">围绕对象的文字环绕</link></variable>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id4792321\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
msgstr "使文本环绕在对象周围"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3149696\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "选择对象。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 框架与对象 - 属性</emph>」，然后点击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>环绕</emph></link>」选项卡，选择希望应用的环绕样式。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
msgstr "当前的环绕样式由项目符号来指示。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149834\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
msgstr "指定环绕属性"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "选择对象。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "选择「<emph>格式 - 框架与对象 - 属性</emph>」，然后点击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>环绕</emph></link>」选项卡。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options that you want."
msgstr "设置所需的选项。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153386\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
msgstr "修改图形的环绕轮廓"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
msgstr "您可以修改文字环绕的形状。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>."
msgstr "选择图形，然后点击鼠标右键并选择「<emph>环绕 - 编辑轮廓</emph>」。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> icon (green check mark)."
msgstr "使用工具绘制新轮廓，然后点击「<item type=\"menuitem\">应用</item>」图标 (绿色复选标记)。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> window."
msgstr "关闭「<item type=\"menuitem\">图形轮廓编辑器</item>」窗口。"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"轮廓编辑器\">轮廓编辑器</link>"